Mercedes SL 600
Manuals and User Guides for Mercedes SL 600. We found 14 manuals for free downloads Owner's manual, User manual
Mercedes R129 1995 Operator`s manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 5 MB Pages: 148
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 3 Operator's manual
- 8 Introduction
- 22 Operation
- 10 Instruments and controls
- 74 Driving
- 96 Practical Hints
- 126 Technical Data.
- 144 Index
Mercedes-Benz SL Class 2009 Operator's Manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 11 MB Pages: 364
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 20 Introduction
- 20 Product Information
- 20 Operator’s Manual
- 20 Notes
- 20 Vehicle equipment
- 21 Service and warranty information
- 21 Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes-Benz automobiles
- 21 Maintenance
- 22 Roadside Assistance
- 22 Change of address or ownership
- 22 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
- 23 Operating safety
- 23 Proper use of the vehicle
- 24 Problems with your vehicle
- 24 Reporting safety defects
- 24 Reporting safety defects
- 25 Vehicle data recording
- 25 Information regarding electronic recording devices
- 28 At a glance
- 28 Exterior view
- 30 Cockpit
- 32 Instrument cluster
- 36 Storage compartments
- 38 Multifunction steering wheel
- 40 Center console
- 40 Upper part
- 41 Lower part
- 42 Overhead control panel
- 43 Door control panel
- 46 Safety and security
- 46 Vehicle equipment
- 46 Occupant safety
- 46 Introduction
- 47 SRS indicator lamp
- 47 Air bags
- 52 Occupant Classification System
- 55 Seat belts
- 60 Correct driver seat adjustment
- 61 Roll bar
- 62 Children in the vehicle
- 64 Panic alarm
- 65 Driving safety systems
- 65 Introduction
- 66 ABS
- 66 BAS
- 67 ESP®
- 71 Electro-hydraulic brake system
- 73 Anti-theft systems
- 73 Immobilizer
- 73 Anti-theft alarm system
- 74 Tow-away alarm
- 75 Canceling the alarm
- 78 Controls in detail
- 78 Vehicle equipment
- 78 Locking and unlocking
- 78 Notes
- 78 SmartKey
- 80 KEYLESS-GO
- 82 Checking SmartKey batteries
- 82 Loss of the SmartKey
- 82 Opening the doors from the inside
- 83 Automatic central locking
- 83 Locking and unlocking from the inside
- 84 Opening the trunk
- 85 Closing the trunk
- 88 Trunk lid emergency release
- 88 Valet locking
- 89 Power closing assist for trunk lid
- 89 Starter switch positions
- 89 SmartKey
- 90 KEYLESS-GO
- 91 Seats
- 91 Safety notes
- 92 Seat adjustment
- 93 Moving the seats forward and backward
- 93 Lumbar support
- 94 Multicontour seat
- 94 Seat ventilation
- 95 Seat heating
- 96 AIRSCARF neck-level heating
- 97 Multifunction steering wheel
- 97 Safety notes
- 97 Steering wheel adjustment
- 97 Easy-entry/exit feature
- 98 Mirrors
- 98 Notes
- 98 Interior rear view mirror
- 98 Exterior rear view mirrors
- 99 Auto-dimming rear view mirrors
- 99 Memory function
- 99 Notes
- 100 Storing positions into memory
- 100 Recalling positions from memory
- 100 Lighting
- 100 Notes
- 101 Exterior lamp switch
- 103 Combination switch
- 104 Hazard warning flasher
- 105 Headlamp cleaning system
- 105 Corner-illuminating lamps
- 106 Interior lighting
- 106 Courtesy lighting
- 107 Wipers
- 107 Notes
- 107 Windshield wipers
- 108 Problems with wipers
- 109 Power windows
- 109 Opening and closing
- 110 Synchronizing power windows
- 111 Driving and parking
- 111 Safety notes
- 111 Starting the engine
- 113 Driving off
- 114 Problems while driving
- 115 Parking
- 116 Turning off the engine
- 117 Automatic transmission
- 117 Introduction
- 117 Gear selector lever
- 118 Shifting procedure
- 118 Transmission positions
- 119 Driving tips
- 120 Gear ranges
- 120 Automatic shift program
- 122 One-touch gearshifting
- 123 Manual shift program
- 126 Emergency operation (limp-home mode)
- 126 Instrument cluster
- 126 Introduction
- 126 Activating the instrument cluster
- 127 Adjusting the instrument cluster illumination
- 127 Coolant temperature gauge
- 127 Resetting trip odometer
- 127 Tachometer
- 128 Control system
- 128 Introduction
- 128 Multifunction steering wheel
- 129 Multifunction display
- 130 Menus and submenus
- 131 Standard display menu
- 132 AMG menu
- 134 Audio/DVD menu
- 136 Navigation menu
- 136 Distronic menu
- 136 Vehicle status message memory menu
- 137 Settings menu
- 143 Trip computer menu
- 144 Telephone menu
- 146 Driving systems
- 146 Introduction
- 146 Cruise control
- 149 Distronic
- 158 RACE START (SL 63 AMG)
- 159 Hill start assist system
- 159 Active Body Control (ABC)
- 162 Parktronic system (Parking assist)
- 166 Climate control system
- 166 Control panels
- 168 Notes on climate control system
- 169 Deactivating the climate control system
- 169 Air conditioning
- 170 Automatic mode
- 170 Setting the temperature
- 170 Adjusting air vents
- 172 Adjusting air distribution
- 173 Adjusting air volume
- 173 Front defroster
- 173 Maximum cooling MAX COOL
- 174 Air recirculation mode
- 174 Residual heat and ventilation
- 175 Rear window defroster
- 175 Retractable hardtop
- 175 Safety notes
- 176 Opening and closing
- 178 Locking
- 178 Wind screen
- 180 Luggage cover
- 182 Sunshade for panorama roof
- 182 Loading and storing
- 182 Parcel nets
- 183 Storage compartments
- 186 Load assist in the trunk
- 187 Useful features
- 187 Cup holders
- 187 Sun visors
- 188 Ashtray
- 188 Cigarette lighter
- 189 Power outlet
- 189 Tele Aid
- 195 Garage door opener
- 199 Floormats
- 202 Operation
- 202 Vehicle equipment
- 202 The first 1000 miles (1500 km)
- 203 At the gas station
- 203 Refueling
- 204 Check regularly and before a long trip
- 205 Engine compartment
- 205 Hood
- 206 Engine oil
- 209 Transmission fluid level
- 209 Active Body Control (ABC) fluid level
- 209 Coolant level
- 210 Washer system and headlamp cleaning system
- 211 Tires and wheels
- 211 Safety notes
- 212 Important guidelines
- 212 Tire care and maintenance
- 214 Direction of rotation
- 214 Loading the vehicle
- 217 Recommended tire inflation pressure
- 219 Checking tire inflation pressure
- 225 MOExtended system
- 225 Tire labeling
- 228 Load identification
- 229 DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)
- 230 Maximum tire load
- 230 Maximum tire inflation pressure
- 231 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards
- 232 Tire ply material
- 232 Tire and loading terminology
- 235 Rotating tires
- 236 Winter driving
- 236 General information
- 236 Winter tires
- 236 Snow chains
- 237 Winter driving instructions
- 238 Driving instructions
- 238 Drive sensibly – save fuel
- 238 Drinking and driving
- 238 Pedals
- 239 Power assistance
- 239 Brakes
- 241 Driving off
- 242 Hydroplaning
- 242 Standing water
- 242 Driving abroad
- 242 Control and operation of radio transmitter
- 243 Emission control
- 243 Maintenance
- 243 Notes
- 244 Maintenance service indicator message
- 244 Calling up the maintenance service indicator display
- 245 Resetting the maintenance service indicator
- 245 Vehicle care
- 245 Cleaning and care of the vehicle
- 254 Practical hints
- 254 Vehicle equipment
- 254 Where will I find ...?
- 254 First aid kit
- 254 Vehicle tool kit
- 255 Spare wheel
- 257 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display
- 257 Notes
- 258 Text messages
- 272 Symbol messages
- 295 What to do if …
- 295 Lamps in instrument cluster
- 307 Lamp in center console
- 309 Unlocking/locking manually
- 309 Unlocking the vehicle
- 310 Locking the vehicle
- 311 Lowering the load assist manually
- 311 Replacing SmartKey batteries
- 313 Replacing bulbs
- 313 Safety notes
- 313 Bulbs
- 315 Replacing bulbs for front lamps
- 316 Replacing bulbs for rear lamps
- 318 Replacing wiper blades
- 318 Safety notes
- 318 Placing wiper arms in vertical position
- 319 Removing wiper blades
- 319 Installing wiper blades
- 319 Flat tire
- 319 Safety notes
- 320 Preparing the vehicle
- 320 Mounting the spare wheel
- 327 MOExtended system
- 328 Battery
- 328 Safety notes
- 329 Charging the battery
- 330 Jump starting
- 332 Towing the vehicle
- 332 Safety notes
- 333 Installing towing eye bolt
- 334 Towing with front axle raised
- 335 Towing with all wheels on the ground
- 336 Fuses
- 336 Introduction
- 336 Before replacing fuses
- 336 Fuse box in passenger compartment
- 337 Fuse box in trunk
- 337 Fuse box in engine compartment
- 338 Emergency engine shut-down
- 340 Technical data
- 340 Vehicle equipment
- 340 Parts service
- 340 Warranty coverage
- 341 Loss of Service and Warranty Information booklet
- 341 Identification labels
- 343 Engine
- 345 Rims and tires
- 345 Notes
- 346 Same size tires
- 347 Mixed size tires
- 349 Spare wheel
- 350 Electrical system
- 351 Main dimensions
- 352 Weights
- 352 Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc.
- 352 Capacities
- 355 Approved engine oils
- 355 Engine oil additives
- 356 Air conditioning refrigerant
- 356 Brake fluid
- 356 Premium unleaded gasoline
- 356 Fuel requirements
- 357 Gasoline additives
- 357 Coolants
- 359 Washer system and headlamp cleaning system
- 363 Service and Literature
Mercedes SL 550 Owner Manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 11 MB Pages: 489
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 3 Contents
- 9 Introduction
- 10 Emission control: System warranties
- 11 California retail buyers and lessees, important notice for
- 12 Maintenance
- 12 Roadside Assistance
- 12 Change of address or ownership
- 13 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
- 16 Proper use of the vehicle
- 18 Reporting safety defects
- 19 Vehicle data recording
- 19 Information regarding electronic recording devices
- 21 At a glance
- 24 Cockpit
- 26 Instrument cluster
- 30 Multifunction steering wheel
- 31 Center console
- 31 Center console:Upper part
- 32 Center console:Lower part
- 33 Overhead control panel
- 36 Door:Control panel
- 37 Getting started
- 38 Unlocking the vehicle
- 38 Key, SmartKey:Locking/unlocking
- 39 Key, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*:Locking/unlocking
- 40 Starter switch positions
- 43 Adjusting
- 46 Steering wheel:Adjusting
- 49 Mirrors
- 50 Driving
- 50 Seat belts
- 53 Engine:Starting
- 56 Driving:Instructions
- 57 Switching on headlamps
- 57 Turn signals
- 58 Combination switch:Windshield wipers
- 60 Problems while driving
- 62 Locking the vehicle
- 63 Switching off headlamps
- 64 Turning off the engine
- 64 Releasing seat belts
- 65 Key, SmartKey:Locking/unlocking
- 67 Safety and Security
- 68 Occupant safety
- 70 Air bags
- 74 Occupant Classification System see OCS <$nopage>
- 79 Seat belts
- 84 Roll bar
- 85 Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle <$nopage>
- 89 Panic alarm
- 89 Activating
- 89 Deactivating
- 90 Driving safety systems
- 90 Driving safety systems:ABS
- 92 BAS
- 92 Driving safety systems:ESP®
- 95 Electro-hydraulic brake system
- 99 Alarm system see Anti-theft systems <$nopage>
- 99 Anti-theft systems:Immobilizer
- 99 Anti-theft systems:Anti-theft alarm system
- 101 Anti-theft systems:Tow-away alarm
- 104 Controls in detail
- 105 Locking and unlocking
- 105 SmartKey see Key, SmartKey <$nopage>
- 109 Key, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*
- 114 Batteries, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*:Checking battery condition
- 114 Key, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*:Loss of
- 114 Door:Opening from inside
- 115 Trunk:Unlocking separately
- 117 Trunk:Closing the lid
- 121 Trunk:Valet locking
- 122 Emergency operations:Trunk lid, Releasing from the inside
- 122 Power closing assist for trunk lid
- 123 Automatic central locking
- 123 Central locking:Central locking/unlocking switch
- 125 Seats
- 125 Seats:Moving
- 125 Lumbar support adjustment
- 126 Backrest:Multicontour seat*
- 127 Seats:Heating
- 129 Seat ventilation*
- 130 Memory function
- 131 Storing positions into memory
- 131 Recalling positions from memory
- 132 Lighting
- 132 Exterior lamp switch
- 136 Combination switch:High beam
- 137 Corner-illuminating front fog lamps*
- 138 Hazard warning flasher
- 139 Interior lighting;Lighting:Interior
- 140 Courtesy lighting
- 140 Trunk:Lighting
- 141 Instrument cluster
- 141 Instrument cluster: Illumination brightness
- 142 Coolant:Temperature gauge
- 142 Resetting:Trip odometer
- 143 Temperature:Outside temperature indicator
- 144 Control system
- 144 Multifunction display
- 145 Multifunction steering wheel:Buttons
- 147 Control system
- 150 Menus:Standard display
- 151 Menus:AMG
- 154 Menus:AUDIO
- 156 Menus:NAV
- 157 Menus:Distronic*
- 157 Menus:Vehicle status message memory
- 158 Control system menus:Settings
- 168 Menus:Trip computer
- 170 Menus:TEL*
- 173 Automatic transmission
- 173 Automatic transmission:Gear selector lever
- 174 Gear selector lever:Position
- 175 Automatic transmission:Gear selector lever positions
- 176 Driving tips
- 177 Gear range:Automatic transmission
- 178 Automatic transmission:Automatic shift program
- 180 Gear selector lever one-touch gearshifting:Automatic transmission
- 181 Steering wheel gearshift control one-touch gearshifting*:Automatic transmission
- 183 Manual shift program SL55AMG and SL65AMG
- 185 Automatic transmission:Gear shifting malfunctions
- 186 Good visibility
- 186 Headlamps:Cleaning system
- 186 Rear view mirrors see Mirrors <$nopage>
- 187 Sun visors
- 188 Automatic climate control system:Defrosting
- 189 Automatic climate control system
- 192 Automatic climate control system:Deactivating
- 194 Automatic climate control system:Temperature
- 195 Air distribution
- 196 Air volume
- 196 Maximum cooling MAXCOOL
- 196 Automatic climate control system:Defrosting
- 197 Air recirculation mode
- 199 Automatic climate control system:Air conditioning, Cooling [Automatic climate control system:Air con
- 200 Automatic climate control system:Residual heat utilization
- 201 Storage compartments:Ventilated glove box
- 202 Power windows
- 202 Power windows:Side windows
- 204 Power windows:Synchronizing
- 205 Retractable hardtop
- 205 Opening and closing the retractable hardtop
- 215 Driving:Systems
- 219 DTR see Distronic* <$nopage>
- 230 Distance warning function*
- 234 Parking assistance (Parktronic*)
- 239 Useful features
- 239 Storage compartments
- 244 Cup holder
- 245 Ashtray
- 245 Lighter see Cigarette lighter <$nopage>
- 246 Trunk:Load assist
- 247 Electrical outlet see Power outlet <$nopage>
- 248 Floormat*
- 248 Telephone*
- 251 Tele Aid
- 258 Garage door opener
- 266 Operation
- 267 The first 1000 miles (1500 km)
- 268 Driving:Instructions
- 268 Drive sensibly – save fuel
- 268 Drinking and driving
- 268 Pedals
- 269 Power assistance
- 269 Brakes
- 271 Driving:Driving off
- 272 Parking
- 272 Tires:Driving instructions
- 273 Hydroplaning
- 274 Tire traction
- 274 Tire speed rating
- 275 Driving:In winter
- 276 Standing water:Driving instructions
- 277 Passenger compartment
- 277 Driving:Abroad
- 277 Radio transmitters:Control and operation
- 278 Catalytic converter
- 278 Emission control
- 279 Coolant:Temperature
- 280 Fuel
- 280 Refueling
- 281 Regular checks
- 283 Engine:Compartment
- 283 Hood
- 284 Fluids:Engine oil
- 288 ATF
- 288 ABC:Oil level
- 289 Coolant:Checking coolant level
- 290 Windshield:Washer system
- 291 Batteries, Vehicle
- 292 Tires
- 292 Important guidelines
- 293 Tire care and maintenance
- 295 Direction of rotation (tires)
- 295 Loading the vehicle
- 301 Tire inflation pressure:Checking;Air pressure:Tire inflation pressure;Tire inflation pressure:Checki
- 303 Tire inflation pressure:Checking
- 313 MO<V_Italic>E<Default Para Font> tires* see MO<V_Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> system* <$nopage
- 314 Tire labeling
- 318 Load identification
- 318 TIN
- 320 Maximum tire load
- 320 Maximum tire pressure
- 321 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards
- 323 Tire ply material
- 323 Tire terminology
- 326 Tires:Rotating
- 328 Driving:In winter
- 328 Winter driving:Tires
- 329 Block heater (Canada only)
- 330 Snow chains
- 331 Maintenance:Maintenance service indicator message
- 333 Maintenance:Calling up maintenance service indicator display
- 333 Maintenance:Resetting maintenance service indicator
- 334 Vehicle care
- 334 Vehicle care:Cleaning and care
- 342 Practical hints
- 343 What to do if ...?
- 343 Instrument cluster:Lamps
- 358 Air bag off indicator lamp
- 360 Vehicle status messages
- 401 Where will I find ...?
- 401 First aid kit
- 401 Vehicle tool kit
- 404 Locking/unlocking in an emergency
- 404 Vehicle:Unlocking in an emergency
- 406 Vehicle:Locking in an emergency
- 407 Load assist:Lowering manually
- 408 Key, SmartKey:Batteries
- 410 Bulbs:Replacing
- 410 Bulbs
- 412 Replacing bulbs for front lamps
- 415 Lamps, exterior:Replacing bulbs for rear
- 416 Replacing:Wiper blades
- 416 Placing wiper arms in vertical position
- 417 Removing wiper blades
- 417 Installing wiper blades
- 418 Flat tire
- 418 Flat tire
- 418 Flat tire:Mounting the spare wheel
- 426 MO<V_Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> system*
- 428 Service:Batteries
- 430 Disconnecting the batteries
- 431 Removing the batteries
- 431 Batteries, Vehicle:Charging
- 432 Reconnecting the batteries
- 433 Batteries, Vehicle:Jump starting
- 435 Towing the vehicle
- 437 Towing eye bolt:Installing
- 438 Fuses
- 439 Fuse box:Engine compartment
- 440 Fuse box:Passenger compartment
- 440 Fuse box:Trunk
- 440 Emergency engine shut-down
- 442 Technical data
- 443 Parts service
- 444 Warranty coverage
- 444 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet
- 445 Labels, identification
- 447 Poly-V-belt drive:Layout
- 447 SL550
- 447 SL55AMG
- 447 SL600, SL 65 AMG
- 448 Engine:Technical data
- 450 Tires:Rims and tires
- 451 Same size tires
- 452 Mixed size tires
- 454 Spare wheel
- 455 Technical data:Electrical system
- 456 Technical data:Main dimensions
- 457 Technical data:Weights
- 458 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants
- 461 Engine oil
- 461 Engine oil:Additives
- 461 Automatic climate control system:Air conditioning refrigerant
- 461 Brakes:Brake fluid
- 462 Fuel:Premium unleaded gasoline
- 462 Fuel:Requirements
- 463 Fuel:Gasoline additives
- 464 Coolant
- 466 Technical data:Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system
- 468 Index
Mercedes-Benz SL Class 2001 Operator’s manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 7 MB Pages: 302
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 10 Product information
- 11 Operator’s manual
- 16 Where to find it
- 17 Problems with your vehicle
- 18 Reporting Safety Defects
- 21 Instruments and controls
- 23 Door control panel
- 24 Overhead control panel
- 25 Dashboard
- 27 Center console
- 31 Vehicle keys
- 31 folding master key
- 32 Central locking system
- 32 Remote control
- 33 Locking and unlocking
- 34 remote control
- 34 Opening the trunk
- 35 Panic button
- 36 Start lock-out
- 36 central locking system
- 37 Doors
- 39 Central locking switch
- 40 Automatic central locking
- 41 accident
- 41 Trunk
- 42 Trunk lid release switch
- 43 Trunk lid emergency release
- 44 Power windows
- 45 Antitheft alarm system
- 46 Tow-away alarm
- 47 Power seats
- 49 Storing position in memory
- 51 Backrest
- 52 Multicontour seats
- 53 Seat heater
- 55 restraint system
- 55 Seat belts
- 56 warning system
- 57 Fastening of seat belts
- 61 deactivation system
- 61 seat installed
- 62 system (SRS)
- 62 retractor (ETR)
- 63 Airbags
- 65 Front airbags
- 65 Side impact airbags
- 70 retractor and airbag
- 71 restraint systems
- 73 Adjusting steering column
- 74 position in memory
- 75 Rear view mirrors
- 75 Inside rear view mirror
- 75 Antiglare night position
- 76 Exterior rear view mirrors
- 77 memory
- 78 Instrument cluster
- 80 instrument cluster
- 81 lamps
- 81 Instrument lamps
- 81 Display illumination
- 82 Coolant temperature gauge
- 82 indicator
- 83 Trip odometer
- 83 Clock
- 83 Tachometer
- 84 Flexible service system (FSS)
- 86 display field
- 87 Fuel consumption gauge
- 87 Engine oil temperature gauge
- 87 Engine oil consumption
- 88 Exterior lamp switch
- 89 Standing lamps
- 89 Night security illumination
- 90 Combination switch
- 92 Blocked windshield wiper
- 92 Windshield wiper smears
- 92 mixing ratio
- 93 switch
- 94 Automatic climate control
- 96 Display and controls
- 97 automatic mode
- 97 Economy
- 98 Special settings
- 102 Audio and telephone, operation
- 120 Power windows
- 121 door windows
- 121 power windows
- 122 Roll bar
- 124 Interior lighting
- 124 Interior lamps
- 124 Reading lamps
- 124 exit lamps in doors
- 125 Sunshade, manual
- 126 Power sunshade
- 127 Sun visors
- 127 Illuminated vanity mirror
- 128 Interior
- 128 in the dashboard
- 129 locking system
- 130 central locking system
- 130 compartments
- 131 Armrest
- 131 Console storage compartments
- 132 Cup holder
- 132 passenger footwell
- 133 Door pockets
- 133 Rear storage compartment
- 134 Ashtray with lighter
- 135 Lighter
- 136 Telephone, general
- 137 Garage door opener
- 141 Hardtop or panorama roof
- 141 Removing hardtop
- 144 Attaching hardtop
- 147 Soft top
- 148 Lowering soft top
- 149 Raising soft top
- 152 Wind screen
- 155 Antenna
- 158 transmitters
- 158 Radio and telephone
- 158 two-way radio
- 159 (1 500 km)
- 159 Maintenance
- 160 Tele Aid
- 167 Catalytic converter
- 168 Emission control
- 169 Steering lock
- 171 the engine
- 171 Before starting
- 171 Starting
- 171 Turning off
- 172 Automatic transmission
- 172 Driving
- 173 Accelerator Position
- 173 Selector lever positions
- 176 Maneuvering
- 176 Stopping
- 177 selector switch
- 178 Emergency Operation
- 179 Parking brake
- 180 Driving instructions
- 180 Drive sensibly - Save fuel
- 180 Drinking and driving
- 180 Pedals
- 181 Power assistance
- 181 Brakes
- 182 Driving off
- 182 Parking
- 183 Tires
- 184 Aquaplaning
- 184 Tire traction
- 185 Tire speed rating
- 185 Snow chains
- 185 sport package
- 186 Deep water
- 186 instructions
- 187 Winter driving
- 187 Block heater
- 187 Traveling abroad
- 188 Cruise control
- 192 (BAS)
- 194 (ABS)
- 185 ABS control
- 186 (ESP)
- 187 Synchronizing ESP
- 188 ESP Control Switch
- 190 Level control system
- 190 switch positions
- 191 Normal Level
- 192 Wheel Change Switch
- 193 (ADS)
- 193 adjustment
- 194 at the gas station
- 194 Fuel supply
- 196 before a long trip
- 198 instrument cluster
- 198 diagnostic system
- 198 indicator lamp
- 199 Brake warning lamp
- 199 indicator lamp
- 200 Seat belt warning lamp
- 200 (SRS) indicator lamp
- 201 placement warning
- 201 (ESP)- warning lamp
- 201 indicator lamp
- 203 level warning lamp
- 204 warning lamp
- 205 Charge indicator lamp
- 205 indicator lamp
- 206 Roll bar warning lamp
- 206 ADS indicator lamp
- 207 indicator lamp
- 207 (in the odometer display)
- 207 (in the dashboard)
- 207 indicator lamp
- 216 First aid kit
- 216 Stowing things in the vehicle
- 217 Vehicle tools
- 218 Vehicle jack
- 219 Fuses
- 222 fluid level
- 222 Checking engine oil level
- 224 Coolant level
- 225 Adding coolant
- 226 fluid mixing ratio
- 227 Wheels
- 227 Tire replacement
- 228 Rotating wheels
- 229 Spare wheel
- 231 Changing wheels
- 235 Tire inflation pressure
- 237 Battery
- 238 Battery Recycling
- 239 Jump starting
- 241 Towing the vehicle
- 243 Exterior lamps
- 244 (Halogen)
- 250 Taillamp assemblies
- 252 remote control
- 253 Synchronizing
- 254 Raising soft top manually
- 258 Replacing wiper blade
- 260 fuel filler flap
- 260 Trunk lamp
- 262 of the vehicle
- 263 Power washer
- 263 Tar stains
- 263 Components
- 264 Engine cleaning
- 264 Vehicle washing
- 264 Ornamental moldings
- 264 turn signal lenses
- 265 Window cleaning
- 265 Light alloy wheels
- 265 Instrument cluster
- 265 gear selector lever
- 265 Cup holder
- 266 Seat belts
- 266 plastic trim items
- 266 Soft top
- 267 Headliner
- 267 Wind screen
- 267 Automatic antenna
- 267 Wiper blade
- 267 system
- 268 Leather upholstery
- 268 Plastic and rubber parts
- 268 Illuminated door sill panels
- 264 Spare parts service
- 264 Warranty coverage
- 265 Identification labels
- 266 Layout of poly-V-belt drive
- 267 Engine
- 268 Rims - Tires
- 270 Weights
- 270 Main Dimensions
- 271 capacities
- 273 Engine oils
- 273 Engine oil additives
- 273 Air conditioner refrigerant
- 273 Brake fluid
- 274 Premium unleaded gasoline
- 274 Fuel requirements
- 275 Gasoline additives
- 275 Coolants
- 277 Consumer information
- 279 Index
- 279 Instruments and controls
- 281 Door control panel
- 282 Overhead control panel
- 283 Dashboard
- 285 Center console
- 281 Vehicle keys
- 281 folding master key
- 282 Central locking system
- 282 Remote control
- 283 Locking and unlocking
- 284 mode on remote control
- 284 Opening the trunk
- 285 Panic button
- 286 Start lock-out
- 286 central locking system
- 287 Doors
- 289 Central locking switch
- 290 Automatic central locking
- 291 accident
- 291 Trunk
- 292 Trunk lid release switch
- 293 Trunk lid emergency release
- 294 Power windows
- 295 Antitheft alarm system
- 296 Tow-away alarm
- 297 Power seats
- 299 Storing position in memory
- 301 Backrest
- 302 Multicontour seats
Mercedes SL 320 1996 Owner's Manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 4 MB Pages: 161
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 3 Operator's manual
- 8 Content
- 76 Driving
- 10 Instruments and controls
- 22 Operation
- 104 Practical Hints
- 138 Technical Data
- 156 Index
Mercedes-Benz SL Class 2002 Operator’s manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 7 MB Pages: 302
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 10 Product information
- 11 Operator’s manual
- 16 Where to find it
- 17 Problems with your vehicle
- 18 Reporting Safety Defects
- 21 Instruments and controls
- 23 Door control panel
- 24 Overhead control panel
- 25 Dashboard
- 27 Center console
- 31 Vehicle keys
- 31 folding master key
- 32 Central locking system
- 32 Remote control
- 33 Locking and unlocking
- 34 remote control
- 34 Opening the trunk
- 35 Panic button
- 36 Start lock-out
- 36 central locking system
- 37 Doors
- 39 Central locking switch
- 40 Automatic central locking
- 41 accident
- 41 Trunk
- 42 Trunk lid release switch
- 43 Trunk lid emergency release
- 44 Power windows
- 45 Antitheft alarm system
- 46 Tow-away alarm
- 47 Power seats
- 49 Storing position in memory
- 51 Backrest
- 52 Multicontour seats
- 53 Seat heater
- 55 restraint system
- 55 Seat belts
- 56 warning system
- 57 Fastening of seat belts
- 61 deactivation system
- 61 seat installed
- 62 system (SRS)
- 62 retractor (ETR)
- 63 Airbags
- 65 Front airbags
- 65 Side impact airbags
- 70 retractor and airbag
- 71 restraint systems
- 73 Adjusting steering column
- 74 position in memory
- 75 Rear view mirrors
- 75 Inside rear view mirror
- 75 Antiglare night position
- 76 Exterior rear view mirrors
- 77 memory
- 78 Instrument cluster
- 80 instrument cluster
- 81 lamps
- 81 Instrument lamps
- 81 Display illumination
- 82 Coolant temperature gauge
- 82 indicator
- 83 Trip odometer
- 83 Clock
- 83 Tachometer
- 84 Flexible service system (FSS)
- 86 display field
- 87 Fuel consumption gauge
- 87 Engine oil temperature gauge
- 87 Engine oil consumption
- 88 Exterior lamp switch
- 89 Standing lamps
- 89 Night security illumination
- 90 Combination switch
- 92 Blocked windshield wiper
- 92 Windshield wiper smears
- 92 mixing ratio
- 93 switch
- 94 Automatic climate control
- 96 Display and controls
- 97 automatic mode
- 97 Economy
- 98 Special settings
- 102 Audio and telephone, operation
- 120 Power windows
- 121 door windows
- 121 power windows
- 122 Roll bar
- 124 Interior lighting
- 124 Interior lamps
- 124 Reading lamps
- 124 exit lamps in doors
- 125 Sunshade, manual
- 126 Power sunshade
- 127 Sun visors
- 127 Illuminated vanity mirror
- 128 Interior
- 128 in the dashboard
- 129 locking system
- 130 central locking system
- 130 compartments
- 131 Armrest
- 131 Console storage compartments
- 132 Cup holder
- 132 passenger footwell
- 133 Door pockets
- 133 Rear storage compartment
- 134 Ashtray with lighter
- 135 Lighter
- 136 Telephone, general
- 137 Garage door opener
- 141 Hardtop or panorama roof
- 141 Removing hardtop
- 144 Attaching hardtop
- 147 Soft top
- 148 Lowering soft top
- 149 Raising soft top
- 152 Wind screen
- 155 Antenna
- 158 transmitters
- 158 Radio and telephone
- 158 two-way radio
- 159 (1 500 km)
- 159 Maintenance
- 160 Tele Aid
- 167 Catalytic converter
- 168 Emission control
- 169 Steering lock
- 171 the engine
- 171 Before starting
- 171 Starting
- 171 Turning off
- 172 Automatic transmission
- 172 Driving
- 173 Accelerator Position
- 173 Selector lever positions
- 176 Maneuvering
- 176 Stopping
- 177 selector switch
- 178 Emergency Operation
- 179 Parking brake
- 180 Driving instructions
- 180 Drive sensibly - Save fuel
- 180 Drinking and driving
- 180 Pedals
- 181 Power assistance
- 181 Brakes
- 182 Driving off
- 182 Parking
- 183 Tires
- 184 Aquaplaning
- 184 Tire traction
- 185 Tire speed rating
- 185 Snow chains
- 185 sport package
- 186 Deep water
- 186 instructions
- 187 Winter driving
- 187 Block heater
- 187 Traveling abroad
- 188 Cruise control
- 192 (BAS)
- 194 (ABS)
- 185 ABS control
- 186 (ESP)
- 187 Synchronizing ESP
- 188 ESP Control Switch
- 190 Level control system
- 190 switch positions
- 191 Normal Level
- 192 Wheel Change Switch
- 193 (ADS)
- 193 adjustment
- 194 at the gas station
- 194 Fuel supply
- 196 before a long trip
- 198 instrument cluster
- 198 diagnostic system
- 198 indicator lamp
- 199 Brake warning lamp
- 199 indicator lamp
- 200 Seat belt warning lamp
- 200 (SRS) indicator lamp
- 201 placement warning
- 201 (ESP)- warning lamp
- 201 indicator lamp
- 203 level warning lamp
- 204 warning lamp
- 205 Charge indicator lamp
- 205 indicator lamp
- 206 Roll bar warning lamp
- 206 ADS indicator lamp
- 207 indicator lamp
- 207 (in the odometer display)
- 207 (in the dashboard)
- 207 indicator lamp
- 216 First aid kit
- 216 Stowing things in the vehicle
- 217 Vehicle tools
- 218 Vehicle jack
- 219 Fuses
- 222 fluid level
- 222 Checking engine oil level
- 224 Coolant level
- 225 Adding coolant
- 226 fluid mixing ratio
- 227 Wheels
- 227 Tire replacement
- 228 Rotating wheels
- 229 Spare wheel
- 231 Changing wheels
- 235 Tire inflation pressure
- 237 Battery
- 238 Battery Recycling
- 239 Jump starting
- 241 Towing the vehicle
- 243 Exterior lamps
- 244 (Halogen)
- 250 Taillamp assemblies
- 252 remote control
- 253 Synchronizing
- 254 Raising soft top manually
- 258 Replacing wiper blade
- 260 fuel filler flap
- 260 Trunk lamp
- 262 of the vehicle
- 263 Power washer
- 263 Tar stains
- 263 Components
- 264 Engine cleaning
- 264 Vehicle washing
- 264 Ornamental moldings
- 264 turn signal lenses
- 265 Window cleaning
- 265 Light alloy wheels
- 265 Instrument cluster
- 265 gear selector lever
- 265 Cup holder
- 266 Seat belts
- 266 plastic trim items
- 266 Soft top
- 267 Headliner
- 267 Wind screen
- 267 Automatic antenna
- 267 Wiper blade
- 267 system
- 268 Leather upholstery
- 268 Plastic and rubber parts
- 268 Illuminated door sill panels
- 264 Spare parts service
- 264 Warranty coverage
- 265 Identification labels
- 266 Layout of poly-V-belt drive
- 267 Engine
- 268 Rims - Tires
- 270 Weights
- 270 Main Dimensions
- 271 capacities
- 273 Engine oils
- 273 Engine oil additives
- 273 Air conditioner refrigerant
- 273 Brake fluid
- 274 Premium unleaded gasoline
- 274 Fuel requirements
- 275 Gasoline additives
- 275 Coolants
- 277 Consumer information
- 279 Index
- 279 Instruments and controls
- 281 Door control panel
- 282 Overhead control panel
- 283 Dashboard
- 285 Center console
- 281 Vehicle keys
- 281 folding master key
- 282 Central locking system
- 282 Remote control
- 283 Locking and unlocking
- 284 mode on remote control
- 284 Opening the trunk
- 285 Panic button
- 286 Start lock-out
- 286 central locking system
- 287 Doors
- 289 Central locking switch
- 290 Automatic central locking
- 291 accident
- 291 Trunk
- 292 Trunk lid release switch
- 293 Trunk lid emergency release
- 294 Power windows
- 295 Antitheft alarm system
- 296 Tow-away alarm
- 297 Power seats
- 299 Storing position in memory
- 301 Backrest
- 302 Multicontour seats
Mercedes-Benz SL Class 2004 Operator’s manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 3 MB Pages: 434
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 10 Product information
- 11 Operator’s Manual
- 11 Service and warranty information
- 12 Mercedes-Benz automobiles
- 13 Maintenance
- 13 Roadside Assistance
- 13 Change of address or ownership
- 14 the USA or Canada
- 15 Where to find it
- 16 Symbols
- 17 Operating safety
- 17 Proper use of the vehicle
- 18 Problems with your vehicle
- 19 Reporting safety defects
- 21 Cockpit
- 23 Instrument cluster
- 25 Multifunction steering wheel
- 26 Center console
- 26 Upper part
- 27 Lower part
- 28 Overhead control panel
- 29 Door control panel
- 31 Unlocking
- 31 Unlocking with the SmartKey
- 33 Unlocking with KEYLESS-GO
- 35 Adjusting
- 35 Seats
- 38 Steering wheel
- 39 Mirrors
- 41 Driving
- 41 Fastening the seat belts
- 44 Starting the engine
- 47 Switching on headlamps
- 48 Turn signals and high beam
- 48 Windshield wipers
- 50 Problems while driving
- 52 Parking and locking
- 53 Parking brake
- 53 Switching off headlamps
- 54 Turning off the engine
- 56 Emergency engine shut-down
- 59 Occupant safety
- 60 Airbags
- 66 Seat belts
- 70 Roll bar
- 71 Children in the vehicle
- 75 Panic alarm
- 75 Activating
- 75 Deactivating
- 76 Driving safety systems
- 82 SBC brake system
- 85 Anti-theft systems
- 85 Immobilizer
- 86 Anti-theft alarm system
- 87 Tow-away alarm
- 91 Locking and unlocking
- 91 SmartKey
- 94 SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO
- 100 inside
- 100 Opening the trunk
- 103 Closing the trunk lid
- 103 Trunk lid emergency release
- 104 Separately locking the trunk
- 106 Automatic central locking
- 106 the inside
- 108 Seats
- 108 Easy-entry/exit feature
- 109 backward
- 109 Lumbar support
- 110 SL 55 AMG)
- 111 Seat heating
- 113 (standard on SL 600)
- 115 Memory function
- 116 Storing positions into memory
- 116 parking position
- 118 Lighting
- 118 Exterior lamp switch
- 121 Combination switch
- 122 Hazard warning flasher
- 123 Interior lighting
- 124 Courtesy lighting
- 125 Instrument cluster
- 125 Instrument cluster illumination
- 125 Coolant temperature gauge
- 126 Trip odometer
- 126 Tachometer
- 127 Outside temperature indicator
- 128 Control system
- 128 Multifunction display
- 129 Multifunction steering wheel
- 131 Menus
- 133 Standard display menu
- 133 AUDIO menu
- 135 NAVI menu
- 136 Distronic* menu
- 137 Malfunction memory menu
- 138 Settings menu
- 151 Trip computer menu
- 153 TEL menu
- 156 Automatic transmission
- 157 One-touch gearshifting
- 158 Gear ranges
- 159 Gear selector lever position
- 161 (Speedshift) SL 55 AMG
- 162 Program mode selector switch
- 163 Accelerator position
- 166 (Limp Home Mode)
- 167 Good visibility
- 167 Rear view mirrors
- 169 Windshield wipers
- 169 Headlamp cleaning system
- 170 Rear window defroster
- 170 Sun visors
- 171 Automatic climate control
- 173 Setting the temperature
- 174 Adjusting air volume
- 175 Adjusting air distribution
- 175 Maximum cooling MAXCOOL
- 176 Defrosting
- 176 Air recirculation mode
- 178 Rear window defroster
- 179 Residual heat and ventilation
- 180 climate control system
- 180 Air conditioning
- 182 Power windows
- 184 Synchronizing power windows
- 185 Retractable hardtop
- 185 retractable hardtop
- 194 Driving systems
- 194 Cruise control
- 197 Distronic
- 208 Active Body Control (ABC)
- 211 Parktronic* (Parking assist)
- 215 Useful features
- 215 Storage compartments
- 220 Ashtray
- 220 Cigarette lighter
- 221 (SL 500, SL 600)
- 222 Load assist in the trunk
- 223 Electrical outlet
- 223 Telephone
- 224 Tele Aid
- 232 Garage door opener
- 239 The first 1000 miles (1500 km)
- 240 Driving instructions
- 240 Drive sensibly – save fuel
- 240 Drinking and driving
- 240 Pedals
- 241 Power assistance
- 241 Brakes
- 243 Driving off
- 243 Parking
- 244 Tires
- 244 Hydroplaning
- 245 Tire traction
- 245 Tire speed rating
- 246 Winter driving instructions
- 247 Standing water
- 247 Passenger compartment
- 247 Driving abroad
- 248 transmitters
- 248 Catalytic converter
- 249 Emission control
- 250 Coolant temperature
- 251 At the gas station
- 251 Refuelling
- 253 a long trip
- 254 Engine compartment
- 256 Engine oil
- 259 Transmission fluid level
- 259 Oil level in the ABC system
- 259 Coolant
- 261 Battery
- 262 headlamp cleaning system
- 263 Tires and wheels
- 263 Important guidelines
- 264 Life of tires
- 264 Direction of rotation
- 264 Checking tire inflation pressure
- 268 Rotating wheels
- 269 Winter driving
- 269 Winter tires
- 270 Block heater (Canada only)
- 270 Snow chains
- 272 Maintenance
- 272 Clearing the service indicator
- 273 Service term exceeded
- 273 Calling up the service indicator
- 273 Resetting the service indicator
- 275 Vehicle care
- 275 Cleaning and care of the vehicle
- 283 What to do if
- 283 Lamps in instrument cluster
- 291 AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp
- 292 Messages in the display
- 324 Where will I find ...?
- 324 First aid kit
- 324 wheel
- 326 Unlocking the vehicle
- 328 Locking the vehicle
- 329 KEYLESS-GO
- 332 Replacing bulbs
- 332 Bulbs
- 335 Replacing bulbs for front lamps
- 336 Replacing bulbs for rear lamps
- 338 Replacing wiper blades
- 338 Removing wiper blades
- 339 Installing wiper blades
- 340 Flat tire
- 340 Preparing the vehicle
- 341 Sealing tires with TIREFIT kit
- 351 Mounting the spare wheel
- 359 Batteries
- 361 Disconnecting the batteries
- 362 Removing the batteries
- 362 batteries
- 362 Reconnecting the batteries
- 364 Jump starting
- 366 Towing the vehicle
- 369 Installing towing eye bolt
- 370 Fuses
- 370 Main fuse box
- 373 Spare parts service
- 374 Warranty coverage
- 374 Information Booklet
- 375 Identification labels
- 376 Layout of poly-V-belt drive
- 376 SL 55 AMG
- 377 Engine
- 379 Rims and tires
- 380 Same size tires
- 381 Mixed size tires
- 383 Spare wheel
- 384 Electrical system
- 385 Main dimensions
- 386 Weights
- 387 Fuels, coolants, lubricants, etc
- 387 Capacities
- 389 Engine oils
- 389 Engine oil additives
- 389 Air conditioner refrigerant
- 390 Brake fluid
- 390 Premium unleaded gasoline
- 390 Fuel requirements
- 391 Gasoline additives
- 392 Coolants
- 394 washer system
- 395 Consumer information
- 395 Uniform tire quality grading
Mercedes-Benz SL Class 2005 Operator's Manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 4 MB Pages: 474
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 11 <b>Introduction </b>
- 11 Product information
- 12 Operator’s Manual
- 12 Service and warranty information
- 13 Mercedes-Benz automobiles
- 14 Maintenance
- 14 Roadside Assistance
- 14 Change of address or ownership
- 15 USA or Canada
- 16 Where to find it
- 17 Symbols
- 18 Operating safety
- 18 Proper use of the vehicle
- 19 Problems with your vehicle
- 20 Reporting safety defects
- 21 Vehicle data recording
- 21 recording devices
- 23 <b>At a glance </b>
- 24 Cockpit
- 26 Instrument cluster
- 30 Multifunction steering wheel
- 31 Center console
- 31 Upper part
- 32 Lower part
- 33 Overhead control panel
- 34 Door control panel
- 35 <b>Getting started </b>
- 36 Unlocking
- 36 Unlocking with the SmartKey
- 37 Unlocking with KEYLESS-GO
- 38 Starter switch positions
- 41 Adjusting
- 41 Seats
- 44 Steering wheel
- 45 Mirrors
- 47 Driving
- 47 Fastening the seat belts
- 50 Starting the engine
- 53 Switching on headlamps
- 54 Turn signals
- 55 Windshield wipers
- 57 Problems while driving
- 58 Parking and locking
- 59 Parking brake
- 59 Switching off headlamps
- 60 Turning off the engine
- 62 Emergency engine shut-down
- 63 <b>Safety and Security </b>
- 64 Occupant safety
- 65 Airbags
- 71 Seat belts
- 75 Roll bar
- 76 Children in the vehicle
- 80 Panic alarm
- 80 Activating
- 80 Deactivating
- 81 Driving safety systems
- 87 SBC brake system
- 90 Anti-theft systems
- 90 Immobilizer
- 90 Anti-theft alarm system
- 92 Tow-away alarm
- 95 <b>Controls in detail </b>
- 96 Locking and unlocking
- 96 SmartKey
- 100 SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO
- 109 Opening the trunk
- 111 Closing the trunk
- 111 Trunk lid emergency release
- 112 Automatic central locking
- 113 inside
- 115 Seats
- 115 Easy-entry/exit feature
- 117 backward
- 117 Lumbar support
- 118 and SL 65 AMG)
- 119 Seat heating
- 121 SL 65 AMG)
- 122 Memory function
- 123 Storing positions into memory
- 123 parking position
- 125 Lighting
- 125 Exterior lamp switch
- 130 Combination switch
- 130 Hazard warning flasher
- 131 Interior lighting
- 132 Courtesy lighting
- 133 Instrument cluster
- 133 Instrument cluster illumination
- 133 Coolant temperature gauge
- 134 Trip odometer
- 134 Tachometer
- 135 Outside temperature indicator
- 136 Control system
- 136 Multifunction display
- 137 Multifunction steering wheel
- 139 Menus
- 141 Standard display menu
- 141 AUDIO menu
- 144 NAV menu
- 144 Distronic* menu
- 146 Settings menu
- 161 Trip computer menu
- 163 TEL menu
- 166 Automatic transmission
- 168 One-touch gearshifting
- 169 Gear ranges
- 170 Gear selector lever position
- 172 Automatic shift program
- 173 Driving tips
- 174 (Speedshift)
- 177 SL 55 AMG and SL 65 AMG
- 179 (Limp Home Mode)
- 180 Good visibility
- 180 Headlamp cleaning system
- 180 Rear window defroster
- 180 Rear view mirrors
- 182 Sun visors
- 184 Automatic climate control
- 187 Setting the temperature
- 187 Adjusting air volume
- 188 Adjusting air distribution
- 188 Maximum cooling MAXCOOL
- 189 Defrosting windshield
- 189 Air recirculation mode
- 191 Rear window defroster
- 192 Residual heat and ventilation
- 193 climate control system
- 193 Air conditioning
- 195 Power windows
- 197 Synchronizing power windows
- 198 Retractable hardtop
- 198 retractable hardtop
- 207 Driving systems
- 207 Cruise control
- 210 Distronic
- 222 Active Body Control (ABC)
- 225 Parktronic* (Parking assist)
- 230 Useful features
- 230 Storage compartments
- 235 Ashtray
- 235 Cigarette lighter
- 236 (SL 500, SL 600)
- 237 Load assist in the trunk
- 238 Electrical outlet
- 238 Telephone
- 239 Tele Aid
- 248 Garage door opener
- 255 <b>Operation </b>
- 256 The first 1000 miles (1500 km)
- 257 Driving instructions
- 257 Drive sensibly – save fuel
- 257 Drinking and driving
- 257 Pedals
- 258 Power assistance
- 258 Brakes
- 260 Driving off
- 261 Parking
- 261 Tires
- 262 Hydroplaning
- 263 Tire traction
- 263 Tire speed rating
- 264 Winter driving instructions
- 265 Standing water
- 266 Passenger compartment
- 266 Driving abroad
- 266 transmitters
- 267 Catalytic converter
- 267 Emission control
- 268 Coolant temperature
- 269 At the gas station
- 269 Refuelling
- 271 long trip
- 272 Engine compartment
- 274 Engine oil
- 277 Transmission fluid level
- 277 Oil level in the ABC system
- 278 Coolant
- 279 Battery
- 280 headlamp cleaning system
- 281 Tires and wheels
- 281 Important guidelines
- 282 Tire care and maintenance
- 284 Direction of rotation
- 284 Loading the vehicle
- 290 pressure
- 292 Checking tire inflation pressure
- 297 Tire labeling
- 301 Load identification
- 302 (TIN)
- 303 Maximum tire load
- 304 Maximum tire inflation pressure
- 304 Standards (U.S. vehicles)
- 306 Tire ply material
- 307 Tire and loading terminology
- 310 Rotating tires
- 311 Winter driving
- 311 Winter tires
- 312 Block heater (Canada only)
- 312 Snow chains
- 314 Maintenance
- 315 indicator
- 315 exceeded
- 315 service indicator
- 317 Vehicle care
- 317 Cleaning and care of the vehicle
- 325 <b>Practical hints </b>
- 326 What to do if
- 326 Lamps in the instrument cluster
- 336 AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp
- 337 multifunction display
- 374 Where will I find ...?
- 374 First aid kit
- 374 spare wheel
- 376 Unlocking the vehicle
- 378 Locking the vehicle
- 379 KEYLESS-GO
- 382 Replacing bulbs
- 382 Bulbs
- 385 Replacing bulbs for front lamps
- 387 Replacing bulbs for rear lamps
- 388 Replacing wiper blades
- 388 Removing wiper blades
- 389 Installing wiper blades
- 390 Flat tire
- 390 Preparing the vehicle
- 390 Sealing tires with TIREFIT
- 395 Mounting the spare wheel
- 403 Batteries
- 405 Disconnecting the batteries
- 406 Removing the batteries
- 406 batteries
- 407 Reconnecting the batteries
- 408 Jump starting
- 410 Towing the vehicle
- 413 Installing towing eye bolt
- 414 Fuses
- 414 Main fuse box
- 417 <b>Technical data </b>
- 418 Parts service
- 419 Warranty coverage
- 419 Information Booklet
- 420 Identification labels
- 421 Layout of poly-V-belt drive
- 421 SL 55 AMG
- 421 SL 600, SL 65 AMG
- 422 Engine
- 424 Rims and tires
- 425 Same size tires
- 427 Mixed size tires
- 429 Spare wheel
- 430 Electrical system
- 431 Main dimensions
- 432 Weights
- 433 Fuels, coolants, lubricants, etc
- 433 Capacities
- 435 Engine oils
- 435 Engine oil additives
- 435 Air conditioner refrigerant
- 435 Brake fluid
- 436 Premium unleaded gasoline
- 436 Fuel requirements
- 437 Gasoline additives
- 437 Coolants
- 440 system
- 441 <b>Technical terms </b>
- 447 <b>Index</b>
Mercedes-Benz SL Class 2006 Operator's Manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 5 MB Pages: 480
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 4 Contents
- 10 Introduction
- 11 Emission control: System warranties
- 12 California retail buyers and lessees, important notice for
- 13 Maintenance
- 13 Roadside Assistance
- 13 Change of address or ownership
- 14 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
- 17 Proper use of the vehicle
- 19 Reporting safety defects
- 20 Vehicle data recording
- 20 Information regarding electronic recording devices
- 22 At a glance
- 23 Cockpit
- 25 Instrument cluster
- 29 Multifunction steering wheel
- 30 Center console
- 30 Center console:Upper part
- 31 Center console:Lower part
- 32 Overhead control panel
- 33 Door control panel
- 34 Getting started
- 35 Unlocking
- 35 Key, SmartKey:Locking/unlocking
- 36 Key, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*:Locking/unlocking
- 37 Starter switch positions
- 40 Adjusting
- 43 Steering wheel:Adjusting
- 45 Mirrors
- 47 Driving
- 47 Seat belts
- 50 Engine:Starting
- 52 Driving:Instructions
- 54 Switching on headlamps
- 54 Turn signals
- 55 Combination switch:Windshield wipers
- 57 Problems while driving
- 59 Locking
- 60 Switching off headlamps
- 61 Turning off the engine
- 62 Releasing seat belts
- 62 Key, SmartKey:Locking/unlocking
- 64 Safety and Security
- 65 Occupant safety
- 66 Airbags
- 72 Seat belts
- 76 Roll bar
- 77 Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle <$nopage>
- 82 Panic alarm
- 82 Activating
- 82 Deactivating
- 83 Driving safety systems
- 84 Driving safety systems:ABS
- 85 BAS
- 86 Driving safety systems:ESP®
- 89 Electro-hydraulic brake system
- 92 Alarm system see Anti-theft systems <$nopage>
- 92 Anti-theft systems:Immobilizer
- 92 Anti-theft systems:Anti-theft alarm system
- 94 Anti-theft systems:Tow-away alarm
- 96 Controls in detail
- 97 Locking and unlocking
- 97 SmartKey
- 101 Key, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*
- 108 Door:Opening from inside
- 110 Trunk:Closing the lid
- 111 Trunk:Valet locking
- 112 Emergency operations:Trunk lid, Releasing from the inside
- 113 Automatic central locking
- 114 Central locking:Central locking/unlocking switch
- 116 Seats
- 116 Seats:Moving
- 117 Lumbar support adjustment
- 117 Backrest:Multicontour seat*
- 118 Seats:Heating
- 121 Seat ventilation*
- 122 Memory function
- 123 Storing positions into memory
- 123 Recalling positions from memory
- 124 Lighting
- 124 Exterior lamp switch
- 128 Corner-illuminating front fog lamps*
- 130 Combination switch:High beam
- 130 Hazard warning flasher
- 131 Interior lighting;Lighting:Interior
- 132 Courtesy lighting
- 133 Instrument cluster
- 133 Instrument cluster: Illumination brightness
- 134 Coolant:Temperature gauge
- 134 Resetting:Trip odometer
- 135 Temperature:Outside temperature indicator
- 136 Control system
- 136 Multifunction display
- 137 Multifunction steering wheel:Buttons
- 139 Control system
- 141 Menus:Standard display
- 142 Menus:AUDIO
- 144 Menus:NAV
- 145 Menus:Vehicle status message memory
- 147 Control system menus:Settings
- 158 Menus:Trip computer
- 160 Menus:TEL*
- 163 Automatic transmission
- 165 Automatic transmission:Gear selector lever position
- 167 Driving tips
- 168 Gear range:Automatic transmission
- 169 Program mode selector switch:Automatic transmission
- 170 One-touch gearshifting
- 171 Steering wheel gearshift control
- 174 Manual shift program SL 55 AMG and SL 65 AMG
- 177 Automatic transmission:Gear shifting malfunctions
- 178 Good visibility
- 178 Headlamps:Cleaning system
- 178 Rear view mirrors see Mirrors <$nopage>
- 179 Sun visors
- 180 Automatic climate control system:Defrosting
- 181 Automatic climate control system
- 184 Automatic climate control system:Deactivating system
- 185 Automatic climate control system:Temperature
- 186 Air distribution
- 187 Air volume
- 187 Maximum cooling MAXCOOL
- 187 Automatic climate control system:Defrosting
- 188 Air recirculation mode
- 190 Automatic climate control system:Air conditioning, Cooling [Automatic climate control system:Air con
- 191 Automatic climate control system:Residual heat utilization
- 192 Storage compartments:Ventilated compartments
- 193 Power windows
- 193 Power windows:Side windows
- 195 Power windows:Synchronizing
- 196 Retractable hardtop
- 196 Opening and closing the retractable hardtop
- 205 Driving:Systems
- 224 Parking assistance (Parktronic*)
- 229 Useful features
- 229 Storage compartments
- 233 Cup holder
- 234 Ashtray
- 235 Lighter see Cigarette lighter <$nopage>
- 236 Heated steering wheel*
- 237 Trunk:Load assist
- 238 Electrical outlet see Power outlet <$nopage>
- 238 Telephone*
- 239 Tele Aid
- 248 Garage door opener
- 256 Operation
- 257 The first 1000 miles (1500 km)
- 258 Driving:Instructions
- 258 Drive sensibly – save fuel
- 258 Drinking and driving
- 258 Pedals
- 259 Power assistance
- 259 Brakes
- 261 Driving:Driving off
- 262 Parking
- 262 Tires:Driving instructions
- 263 Hydroplaning
- 264 Tire traction
- 264 Tire speed rating
- 265 Driving:In winter
- 266 Standing water:Driving instructions
- 267 Passenger compartment
- 267 Driving:Abroad
- 267 Radio transmitters:Control and operation
- 268 Catalytic converter
- 268 Emission control
- 269 Coolant:Temperature
- 270 Fuel
- 270 Refuelling
- 272 Regular checks
- 273 Engine:Compartment
- 273 Hood
- 275 Engine oil:Checking level
- 278 ATF
- 278 ABC:Oil level
- 279 Coolant:Checking coolant level
- 280 Batteries, Vehicle
- 281 Windshield:Washer system
- 282 Tires
- 282 Important guidelines
- 283 Tire care and maintenance
- 285 Direction of rotation (tires)
- 285 Loading the vehicle
- 292 Tire inflation pressure:Checking;Air pressure:Tire inflation pressure;Tire inflation pressure:Checki
- 294 Tire inflation pressure:Checking
- 301 MOE tires see MO<V-Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> system* <$nopage>
- 301 Tire labeling
- 305 Load identification
- 306 TIN
- 307 Maximum tire load
- 308 Maximum tire pressure
- 309 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards
- 311 Tire ply material
- 311 Tire terminology
- 314 Tires:Rotating
- 316 Driving:In winter
- 316 Winter driving:Tires
- 317 Block heater (Canada only)
- 318 Snow chains
- 319 Maintenance System (U.S. vehicles)
- 319 Maintenance:Maintenance service indicator message
- 320 Maintenance:Calling up maintenance service indicator display
- 321 Maintenance:Resetting maintenance service indicator
- 322 Vehicle care
- 322 Cleaning and care of the vehicle
- 332 Practical hints
- 333 What to do if ...?
- 333 Instrument cluster:Lamps
- 346 Vehicle status messages
- 384 Where will I find ...?
- 384 First aid kit
- 384 Vehicle tool kit
- 386 Locking/unlocking in an emergency
- 386 Vehicle:Unlocking in an emergency
- 388 Vehicle:Locking in an emergency
- 389 Load assist:Lowering manually
- 390 Replacing SmartKey batteries
- 390 Batteries, SmartKey:Replacing
- 391 Batteries, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*:Replacing
- 392 Bulbs:Replacing
- 392 Bulbs
- 395 Replacing bulbs for front lamps
- 397 Lamps, exterior:Replacing bulbs for rear
- 398 Replacing:Wiper blades
- 398 Removing wiper blades
- 399 Installing wiper blades
- 400 Flat tire
- 400 Flat tire:Preparing the vehicle
- 400 TIREFIT:Instructions for use
- 405 Flat tire:Spare wheel
- 412 MO<V-Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> system*
- 414 Service:Batteries
- 416 Disconnecting the batteries
- 417 Removing the batteries
- 418 Batteries, Vehicle:Charging
- 419 Reconnecting the batteries
- 420 Batteries, Vehicle:Jump starting
- 422 Towing the vehicle
- 424 Towing eye bolt (vehicle tool kit):Installing
- 426 Fuses
- 427 Emergency engine shut-down
- 428 Technical data
- 429 Parts service
- 430 Warranty coverage
- 430 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet
- 431 Labels, identification
- 432 Poly-V-belt drive:Layout
- 432 SL500
- 432 SL55AMG
- 432 SL600, SL 65 AMG
- 433 Engine:Technical data
- 435 Tires:Rims and tires
- 437 Same size tires
- 439 Mixed size tires
- 441 MO<V-Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> tires
- 442 Spare wheel
- 443 Technical data:Electrical system
- 444 Technical data:Main dimensions
- 445 Technical data:Weights
- 446 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants
- 448 Engine oil
- 448 Engine oil:Additives
- 448 Automatic climate control system:Air conditioning refrigerant
- 448 Brakes:Brake fluid
- 449 Fuel:Premium unleaded gasoline
- 449 Fuel:Requirements
- 450 Fuel:Gasoline additives
- 451 Coolant
- 453 Technical data:Windshield and headlamp washer system
- 454 Technical terms
- 462 Index
Mercedes-Benz SL Class 2007 Operator's Manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 4 MB Pages: 473
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 4 Contents
- 10 Introduction
- 11 Emission control: System warranties
- 12 California retail buyers and lessees, important notice for
- 13 Maintenance
- 13 Roadside Assistance
- 13 Change of address or ownership
- 14 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
- 17 Proper use of the vehicle
- 19 Reporting safety defects
- 20 Vehicle data recording
- 20 Information regarding electronic recording devices
- 22 At a glance
- 25 Cockpit
- 27 Instrument cluster
- 31 Multifunction steering wheel
- 32 Center console
- 32 Center console:Upper part
- 33 Center console:Lower part
- 34 Overhead control panel
- 37 Door control panel
- 38 Getting started
- 39 Unlocking the vehicle
- 39 Key, SmartKey:Locking/unlocking
- 40 Key, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*:Locking/unlocking
- 40 Starter switch positions
- 43 Adjusting
- 46 Steering wheel:Adjusting
- 48 Mirrors
- 50 Driving
- 50 Seat belts
- 53 Engine:Starting
- 55 Driving:Instructions
- 56 Switching on headlamps
- 57 Turn signals
- 58 Combination switch:Windshield wipers
- 60 Problems while driving
- 61 Locking the vehicle
- 62 Switching off headlamps
- 63 Turning off the engine
- 63 Releasing seat belts
- 64 Key, SmartKey:Locking/unlocking
- 66 Safety and Security
- 67 Occupant safety
- 69 Air bags
- 73 Occupant Classification System see OCS <$nopage>
- 78 Seat belts
- 82 Roll bar
- 84 Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle <$nopage>
- 87 Panic alarm
- 87 Activating
- 87 Deactivating
- 88 Driving safety systems
- 88 Driving safety systems:ABS
- 90 BAS
- 90 Driving safety systems:ESP®
- 93 Electro-hydraulic brake system
- 97 Alarm system see Anti-theft systems <$nopage>
- 97 Anti-theft systems:Immobilizer
- 97 Anti-theft systems:Anti-theft alarm system
- 99 Anti-theft systems:Tow-away alarm
- 102 Controls in detail
- 103 Locking and unlocking
- 103 SmartKey
- 106 Key, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*
- 112 Door:Opening from inside
- 112 Trunk:Unlocking separately
- 114 Trunk:Closing the lid
- 118 Trunk:Valet locking
- 118 Emergency operations:Trunk lid, Releasing from the inside
- 119 Power closing assist for trunk lid
- 120 Automatic central locking
- 120 Central locking:Central locking/unlocking switch
- 122 Seats
- 122 Seats:Moving
- 122 Lumbar support adjustment
- 123 Backrest:Multicontour seat*
- 124 Seats:Heating
- 126 Seat ventilation*
- 127 Memory function
- 128 Storing positions into memory
- 128 Recalling positions from memory
- 129 Lighting
- 129 Exterior lamp switch
- 133 Corner-illuminating front fog lamps
- 134 Combination switch:High beam
- 134 Hazard warning flasher
- 135 Interior lighting;Lighting:Interior
- 136 Courtesy lighting
- 136 Trunk:Lighting
- 137 Instrument cluster
- 137 Instrument cluster: Illumination brightness
- 138 Coolant:Temperature gauge
- 138 Resetting:Trip odometer
- 139 Temperature:Outside temperature indicator
- 140 Control system
- 140 Multifunction display
- 141 Multifunction steering wheel:Buttons
- 143 Control system
- 146 Menus:Standard display
- 147 Menus:AMG
- 150 Menus:AUDIO
- 152 Menus:NAV
- 153 Menus:Vehicle status message memory
- 154 Control system menus:Settings
- 164 Menus:Trip computer
- 166 Menus:TEL*
- 169 Automatic transmission
- 171 Automatic transmission:Gear selector lever position
- 172 Driving tips
- 173 Gear range:Automatic transmission
- 174 Program mode selector switch:Automatic transmission
- 175 One-touch gearshifting
- 176 Steering wheel gearshift control*
- 178 Manual shift program SL 55 AMG and SL 65 AMG
- 180 Automatic transmission:Gear shifting malfunctions
- 181 Good visibility
- 181 Headlamps:Cleaning system
- 181 Rear view mirrors see Mirrors <$nopage>
- 183 Sun visors
- 184 Automatic climate control system:Defrosting
- 185 Automatic climate control system
- 188 Automatic climate control system:Deactivating system
- 189 Automatic climate control system:Temperature
- 190 Air distribution
- 191 Air volume
- 191 Maximum cooling MAXCOOL
- 191 Automatic climate control system:Defrosting
- 192 Air recirculation mode
- 194 Automatic climate control system:Air conditioning, Cooling [Automatic climate control system:Air con
- 195 Automatic climate control system:Residual heat utilization
- 196 Storage compartments:Ventilated glove box
- 197 Power windows
- 197 Power windows:Side windows
- 199 Power windows:Synchronizing
- 200 Retractable hardtop
- 200 Opening and closing the retractable hardtop
- 210 Driving:Systems
- 214 DTR see Distronic* <$nopage>
- 225 Distance warning function*
- 229 Parking assistance (Parktronic*)
- 234 Useful features
- 234 Storage compartments
- 239 Cup holder
- 240 Ashtray
- 240 Lighter see Cigarette lighter <$nopage>
- 241 Heated steering wheel*
- 242 Trunk:Load assist
- 243 Electrical outlet see Power outlet <$nopage>
- 244 Telephone*
- 245 Tele Aid
- 252 Garage door opener
- 258 Operation
- 259 The first 1000 miles (1500 km)
- 260 Driving:Instructions
- 260 Drive sensibly – save fuel
- 260 Drinking and driving
- 260 Pedals
- 261 Power assistance
- 261 Brakes
- 263 Driving:Driving off
- 264 Parking
- 264 Tires:Driving instructions
- 265 Hydroplaning
- 266 Tire traction
- 266 Tire speed rating
- 267 Driving:In winter
- 268 Standing water:Driving instructions
- 269 Passenger compartment
- 269 Driving:Abroad
- 269 Radio transmitters:Control and operation
- 270 Catalytic converter
- 270 Emission control
- 271 Coolant:Temperature
- 272 Fuel
- 272 Refueling
- 273 Regular checks
- 275 Engine:Compartment
- 275 Hood
- 276 Fluids:Engine oil
- 280 ATF
- 280 ABC:Oil level
- 281 Coolant:Checking coolant level
- 282 Batteries, Vehicle
- 283 Windshield:Washer system
- 284 Tires
- 284 Important guidelines
- 285 Tire care and maintenance
- 287 Direction of rotation (tires)
- 287 Loading the vehicle
- 292 Tire inflation pressure:Checking;Air pressure:Tire inflation pressure;Tire inflation pressure:Checki
- 293 Tire inflation pressure:Checking
- 302 MO<V_Italic>E<Default Para Font> tires* see MO<V_Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> system* <$nopage
- 303 Tire labeling
- 307 Load identification
- 308 TIN
- 309 Maximum tire load
- 310 Maximum tire pressure
- 310 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards
- 312 Tire ply material
- 313 Tire terminology
- 316 Tires:Rotating
- 317 Driving:In winter
- 317 Winter driving:Tires
- 318 Block heater (Canada only)
- 319 Snow chains
- 320 Maintenance System (U.S. vehicles)
- 320 Maintenance:Maintenance service indicator message
- 321 Maintenance:Calling up maintenance service indicator display
- 322 Maintenance:Resetting maintenance service indicator
- 323 Vehicle care
- 323 Cleaning and care of the vehicle
- 332 Practical hints
- 333 What to do if ...?
- 333 Instrument cluster:Lamps
- 346 Air bag off indicator lamp
- 348 Vehicle status messages
- 389 Where will I find ...?
- 389 First aid kit
- 389 Vehicle tool kit
- 392 Locking/unlocking in an emergency
- 392 Vehicle:Unlocking in an emergency
- 394 Vehicle:Locking in an emergency
- 395 Load assist:Lowering manually
- 396 SmartKey:Batteries
- 398 Bulbs:Replacing
- 398 Bulbs
- 400 Replacing bulbs for front lamps
- 403 Lamps, exterior:Replacing bulbs for rear
- 404 Replacing:Wiper blades
- 404 Placing wiper arms in vertical position
- 405 Removing wiper blades
- 405 Installing wiper blades
- 406 Flat tire
- 406 Flat tire:Preparing the vehicle
- 406 Flat tire:Spare wheel
- 414 MO<V_Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> system*
- 415 Service:Batteries
- 417 Disconnecting the batteries
- 418 Removing the batteries
- 418 Batteries, Vehicle:Charging
- 419 Reconnecting the batteries
- 420 Batteries, Vehicle:Jump starting
- 422 Towing the vehicle
- 424 Towing eye bolt (vehicle tool kit):Installing
- 425 Fuses
- 426 Fuse boxes in engine compartment
- 427 Emergency engine shut-down
- 428 Technical data
- 429 Parts service
- 430 Warranty coverage
- 430 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet
- 431 Labels, identification
- 433 Poly-V-belt drive:Layout
- 433 SL550
- 433 SL55AMG
- 433 SL600, SL 65 AMG
- 434 Engine:Technical data
- 436 Tires:Rims and tires
- 437 Same size tires
- 438 Mixed size tires
- 440 MO<V_Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> system*:MO<V_Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> tires*
- 441 Spare wheel
- 442 Technical data:Electrical system
- 443 Technical data:Main dimensions
- 444 Technical data:Weights
- 445 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants
- 447 Engine oil
- 447 Engine oil:Additives
- 447 Automatic climate control system:Air conditioning refrigerant
- 448 Brakes:Brake fluid
- 448 Fuel:Premium unleaded gasoline
- 449 Fuel:Requirements
- 449 Fuel:Gasoline additives
- 450 Coolant
- 453 Technical data:Windshield and headlamp washer system
- 454 Index
Mercedes-Benz SL Class 2008 Owner Manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 6 MB Pages: 489
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 3 Contents
- 9 Introduction
- 10 Emission control: System warranties
- 11 California retail buyers and lessees, important notice for
- 12 Maintenance
- 12 Roadside Assistance
- 12 Change of address or ownership
- 13 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
- 16 Proper use of the vehicle
- 18 Reporting safety defects
- 19 Vehicle data recording
- 19 Information regarding electronic recording devices
- 21 At a glance
- 24 Cockpit
- 26 Instrument cluster
- 30 Multifunction steering wheel
- 31 Center console
- 31 Center console:Upper part
- 32 Center console:Lower part
- 33 Overhead control panel
- 36 Door:Control panel
- 37 Getting started
- 38 Unlocking the vehicle
- 38 Key, SmartKey:Locking/unlocking
- 39 Key, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*:Locking/unlocking
- 40 Starter switch positions
- 43 Adjusting
- 46 Steering wheel:Adjusting
- 49 Mirrors
- 50 Driving
- 50 Seat belts
- 53 Engine:Starting
- 56 Driving:Instructions
- 57 Switching on headlamps
- 57 Turn signals
- 58 Combination switch:Windshield wipers
- 60 Problems while driving
- 62 Locking the vehicle
- 63 Switching off headlamps
- 64 Turning off the engine
- 64 Releasing seat belts
- 65 Key, SmartKey:Locking/unlocking
- 67 Safety and Security
- 68 Occupant safety
- 70 Air bags
- 74 Occupant Classification System see OCS <$nopage>
- 79 Seat belts
- 84 Roll bar
- 85 Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle <$nopage>
- 89 Panic alarm
- 89 Activating
- 89 Deactivating
- 90 Driving safety systems
- 90 Driving safety systems:ABS
- 92 BAS
- 92 Driving safety systems:ESP®
- 95 Electro-hydraulic brake system
- 99 Alarm system see Anti-theft systems <$nopage>
- 99 Anti-theft systems:Immobilizer
- 99 Anti-theft systems:Anti-theft alarm system
- 101 Anti-theft systems:Tow-away alarm
- 104 Controls in detail
- 105 Locking and unlocking
- 105 SmartKey see Key, SmartKey <$nopage>
- 109 Key, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*
- 114 Batteries, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*:Checking battery condition
- 114 Key, SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO*:Loss of
- 114 Door:Opening from inside
- 115 Trunk:Unlocking separately
- 117 Trunk:Closing the lid
- 121 Trunk:Valet locking
- 122 Emergency operations:Trunk lid, Releasing from the inside
- 122 Power closing assist for trunk lid
- 123 Automatic central locking
- 123 Central locking:Central locking/unlocking switch
- 125 Seats
- 125 Seats:Moving
- 125 Lumbar support adjustment
- 126 Backrest:Multicontour seat*
- 127 Seats:Heating
- 129 Seat ventilation*
- 130 Memory function
- 131 Storing positions into memory
- 131 Recalling positions from memory
- 132 Lighting
- 132 Exterior lamp switch
- 136 Combination switch:High beam
- 137 Corner-illuminating front fog lamps*
- 138 Hazard warning flasher
- 139 Interior lighting;Lighting:Interior
- 140 Courtesy lighting
- 140 Trunk:Lighting
- 141 Instrument cluster
- 141 Instrument cluster: Illumination brightness
- 142 Coolant:Temperature gauge
- 142 Resetting:Trip odometer
- 143 Temperature:Outside temperature indicator
- 144 Control system
- 144 Multifunction display
- 145 Multifunction steering wheel:Buttons
- 147 Control system
- 150 Menus:Standard display
- 151 Menus:AMG
- 154 Menus:AUDIO
- 156 Menus:NAV
- 157 Menus:Distronic*
- 157 Menus:Vehicle status message memory
- 158 Control system menus:Settings
- 168 Menus:Trip computer
- 170 Menus:TEL*
- 173 Automatic transmission
- 173 Automatic transmission:Gear selector lever
- 174 Gear selector lever:Position
- 175 Automatic transmission:Gear selector lever positions
- 176 Driving tips
- 177 Gear range:Automatic transmission
- 178 Automatic transmission:Automatic shift program
- 180 Gear selector lever one-touch gearshifting:Automatic transmission
- 181 Steering wheel gearshift control one-touch gearshifting*:Automatic transmission
- 183 Manual shift program SL55AMG and SL65AMG
- 185 Automatic transmission:Gear shifting malfunctions
- 186 Good visibility
- 186 Headlamps:Cleaning system
- 186 Rear view mirrors see Mirrors <$nopage>
- 187 Sun visors
- 188 Automatic climate control system:Defrosting
- 189 Automatic climate control system
- 192 Automatic climate control system:Deactivating
- 194 Automatic climate control system:Temperature
- 195 Air distribution
- 196 Air volume
- 196 Maximum cooling MAXCOOL
- 196 Automatic climate control system:Defrosting
- 197 Air recirculation mode
- 199 Automatic climate control system:Air conditioning, Cooling [Automatic climate control system:Air con
- 200 Automatic climate control system:Residual heat utilization
- 201 Storage compartments:Ventilated glove box
- 202 Power windows
- 202 Power windows:Side windows
- 204 Power windows:Synchronizing
- 205 Retractable hardtop
- 205 Opening and closing the retractable hardtop
- 215 Driving:Systems
- 219 DTR see Distronic* <$nopage>
- 230 Distance warning function*
- 234 Parking assistance (Parktronic*)
- 239 Useful features
- 239 Storage compartments
- 244 Cup holder
- 245 Ashtray
- 245 Lighter see Cigarette lighter <$nopage>
- 246 Trunk:Load assist
- 247 Electrical outlet see Power outlet <$nopage>
- 248 Floormat*
- 248 Telephone*
- 251 Tele Aid
- 258 Garage door opener
- 266 Operation
- 267 The first 1000 miles (1500 km)
- 268 Driving:Instructions
- 268 Drive sensibly – save fuel
- 268 Drinking and driving
- 268 Pedals
- 269 Power assistance
- 269 Brakes
- 271 Driving:Driving off
- 272 Parking
- 272 Tires:Driving instructions
- 273 Hydroplaning
- 274 Tire traction
- 274 Tire speed rating
- 275 Driving:In winter
- 276 Standing water:Driving instructions
- 277 Passenger compartment
- 277 Driving:Abroad
- 277 Radio transmitters:Control and operation
- 278 Catalytic converter
- 278 Emission control
- 279 Coolant:Temperature
- 280 Fuel
- 280 Refueling
- 281 Regular checks
- 283 Engine:Compartment
- 283 Hood
- 284 Fluids:Engine oil
- 288 ATF
- 288 ABC:Oil level
- 289 Coolant:Checking coolant level
- 290 Windshield:Washer system
- 291 Batteries, Vehicle
- 292 Tires
- 292 Important guidelines
- 293 Tire care and maintenance
- 295 Direction of rotation (tires)
- 295 Loading the vehicle
- 301 Tire inflation pressure:Checking;Air pressure:Tire inflation pressure;Tire inflation pressure:Checki
- 303 Tire inflation pressure:Checking
- 313 MO<V_Italic>E<Default Para Font> tires* see MO<V_Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> system* <$nopage
- 314 Tire labeling
- 318 Load identification
- 318 TIN
- 320 Maximum tire load
- 320 Maximum tire pressure
- 321 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards
- 323 Tire ply material
- 323 Tire terminology
- 326 Tires:Rotating
- 328 Driving:In winter
- 328 Winter driving:Tires
- 329 Block heater (Canada only)
- 330 Snow chains
- 331 Maintenance:Maintenance service indicator message
- 333 Maintenance:Calling up maintenance service indicator display
- 333 Maintenance:Resetting maintenance service indicator
- 334 Vehicle care
- 334 Vehicle care:Cleaning and care
- 342 Practical hints
- 343 What to do if ...?
- 343 Instrument cluster:Lamps
- 358 Air bag off indicator lamp
- 360 Vehicle status messages
- 401 Where will I find ...?
- 401 First aid kit
- 401 Vehicle tool kit
- 404 Locking/unlocking in an emergency
- 404 Vehicle:Unlocking in an emergency
- 406 Vehicle:Locking in an emergency
- 407 Load assist:Lowering manually
- 408 Key, SmartKey:Batteries
- 410 Bulbs:Replacing
- 410 Bulbs
- 412 Replacing bulbs for front lamps
- 415 Lamps, exterior:Replacing bulbs for rear
- 416 Replacing:Wiper blades
- 416 Placing wiper arms in vertical position
- 417 Removing wiper blades
- 417 Installing wiper blades
- 418 Flat tire
- 418 Flat tire
- 418 Flat tire:Mounting the spare wheel
- 426 MO<V_Italic>Extended<Default Para Font> system*
- 428 Service:Batteries
- 430 Disconnecting the batteries
- 431 Removing the batteries
- 431 Batteries, Vehicle:Charging
- 432 Reconnecting the batteries
- 433 Batteries, Vehicle:Jump starting
- 435 Towing the vehicle
- 437 Towing eye bolt:Installing
- 438 Fuses
- 439 Fuse box:Engine compartment
- 440 Fuse box:Passenger compartment
- 440 Fuse box:Trunk
- 440 Emergency engine shut-down
- 442 Technical data
- 443 Parts service
- 444 Warranty coverage
- 444 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet
- 445 Labels, identification
- 447 Poly-V-belt drive:Layout
- 447 SL550
- 447 SL55AMG
- 447 SL600, SL 65 AMG
- 448 Engine:Technical data
- 450 Tires:Rims and tires
- 451 Same size tires
- 452 Mixed size tires
- 454 Spare wheel
- 455 Technical data:Electrical system
- 456 Technical data:Main dimensions
- 457 Technical data:Weights
- 458 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants
- 461 Engine oil
- 461 Engine oil:Additives
- 461 Automatic climate control system:Air conditioning refrigerant
- 461 Brakes:Brake fluid
- 462 Fuel:Premium unleaded gasoline
- 462 Fuel:Requirements
- 463 Fuel:Gasoline additives
- 464 Coolant
- 466 Technical data:Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system
- 468 Index
Mercedes-Benz SL Class 2011 Operator`s manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 6 MB Pages: 316
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 21 Introduction
- 21 Product Information
- 21 Operator’s Manual
- 21 Notes
- 21 Vehicle equipment
- 21 Service and warranty information
- 22 Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes-Benz automobiles
- 22 Maintenance
- 22 Roadside Assistance
- 22 Change of address or ownership
- 23 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
- 23 Operating safety
- 24 Proper use of the vehicle
- 24 Problems with your vehicle
- 24 Reporting safety defects
- 24 Reporting safety defects
- 24 Vehicle data recording
- 24 Information regarding electronic recording devices
- 28 At a glance
- 28 Exterior view
- 29 Multifunction steering wheel
- 30 Cockpit
- 32 Instrument cluster
- 33 Version 1 (depending on vehicle production date)
- 34 Version 2 (depending on vehicle production date)
- 35 Center console
- 35 Upper part
- 36 Lower part
- 37 Overhead control panel
- 37 Door control panel
- 40 Safety and security
- 40 Vehicle equipment
- 40 Occupant safety
- 40 Introduction
- 40 SRS indicator lamp
- 41 Air bags
- 45 Occupant Classification System
- 48 Seat belts
- 52 Correct driver seat adjustment
- 53 Roll bar
- 53 Children in the vehicle
- 56 Panic alarm
- 56 Driving safety systems
- 56 Introduction
- 57 ABS
- 58 BAS
- 58 ESP®
- 64 Electro-hydraulic brake system
- 65 Anti-theft systems
- 65 Immobilizer
- 65 Anti-theft alarm system
- 66 Tow-away alarm
- 67 Canceling the alarm
- 70 Controls in detail
- 70 Vehicle equipment
- 70 Locking and unlocking
- 70 Notes
- 70 SmartKey
- 71 KEYLESS-GO
- 73 Checking SmartKey batteries
- 74 Loss of the SmartKey
- 74 Replacing the SmartKey
- 74 Opening the doors from the inside
- 75 Automatic central locking
- 75 Locking and unlocking from the inside
- 75 Opening the trunk
- 77 Closing the trunk
- 79 Trunk lid emergency release
- 79 Valet locking
- 80 Power closing assist for trunk lid
- 80 Starter switch positions
- 80 SmartKey
- 81 KEYLESS-GO
- 82 Seats
- 82 Safety notes
- 83 Seat adjustment
- 83 Moving the seats forward and backward
- 83 Lumbar support
- 84 Multicontour seat
- 84 Seat ventilation
- 85 Seat heating
- 86 AIRSCARF neck-level heating
- 86 Multifunction steering wheel
- 86 Safety notes
- 87 Steering wheel adjustment
- 87 Easy-entry/exit feature
- 88 Mirrors
- 88 Notes
- 88 Interior rear view mirror
- 88 Exterior rear view mirrors
- 88 Auto-dimming rear view mirrors
- 89 Exterior rear view mirror parking position
- 90 Power-folding exterior rear view mirrors
- 90 Memory function
- 90 Notes
- 91 Storing positions into memory
- 91 Recalling positions from memory
- 91 Lighting
- 91 Notes
- 91 Exterior lamp switch
- 94 Combination switch
- 94 Hazard warning flasher
- 95 Headlamp cleaning system
- 95 Corner-illuminating lamps
- 96 Interior lighting
- 96 Courtesy lighting
- 97 Wipers
- 97 Notes
- 97 Windshield wipers
- 98 Problems with wipers
- 98 Power windows
- 98 Opening and closing
- 100 Synchronizing power windows
- 100 Driving and parking
- 100 Safety notes
- 100 Starting the engine
- 102 Driving off
- 103 Problems while driving
- 103 Parking
- 104 Turning off the engine
- 105 Automatic transmission
- 105 Introduction
- 105 Gear selector lever
- 106 Shifting procedure
- 106 Transmission positions
- 107 Driving tips
- 108 Gear ranges
- 108 Automatic shift program
- 110 One-touch gearshifting
- 111 Manual shift program
- 113 Emergency operation (limp-home mode)
- 113 Instrument cluster
- 113 Introduction
- 114 Activating the instrument cluster
- 114 Adjusting the instrument cluster illumination
- 114 Coolant temperature gauge
- 115 Resetting trip odometer
- 115 Tachometer
- 115 Control system
- 115 Introduction
- 115 Multifunction steering wheel
- 116 Multifunction display
- 117 Menus and submenus
- 118 Standard display menu
- 118 AMG menu
- 121 Audio/DVD menu
- 122 Navigation menu
- 122 Distronic menu
- 122 Vehicle status message memory menu
- 123 Settings menu
- 130 Trip computer menu
- 131 Telephone menu
- 132 Driving systems
- 132 Introduction
- 132 Cruise control
- 135 Distronic
- 143 RACE START (SL 63 AMG)
- 144 Hill-start assist system (SL 63 AMG)
- 144 ABC
- 146 Parktronic system (Parking assist)
- 150 Climate control system
- 150 Control panel
- 151 Notes on climate control system
- 151 Deactivating the climate control system
- 152 Air conditioning
- 152 Automatic mode
- 153 Setting the temperature
- 153 Adjusting air vents
- 155 Adjusting air distribution
- 155 Adjusting air volume
- 155 Front defroster
- 155 Maximum cooling MAX COOL
- 156 Air recirculation mode
- 156 Residual heat and ventilation
- 157 Rear window defroster
- 157 Retractable hardtop
- 157 Safety notes
- 158 Opening and closing
- 159 Locking
- 159 Wind screen
- 160 Luggage cover
- 162 Sunshade for panorama roof
- 163 Loading and storing
- 163 Parcel nets
- 163 Front storage compartments
- 165 Rear storage compartments
- 166 Load assist in the trunk
- 166 Useful features
- 166 Cup holder
- 167 Sun visors
- 168 Ashtray
- 168 Cigarette lighter
- 168 Power outlet
- 169 Tele Aid
- 174 Garage door opener
- 177 Floormats
- 180 Operation
- 180 Vehicle equipment
- 180 The first 1000 miles (1500 km)
- 180 At the gas station
- 180 Refueling
- 182 Check regularly and before a long trip
- 182 Engine compartment
- 182 Hood
- 183 Engine oil
- 186 Transmission fluid level
- 186 Active Body Control (ABC) fluid level
- 186 Coolant level
- 187 Washer system and headlamp cleaning system
- 187 Brake fluid level
- 188 Tires and wheels
- 188 Safety notes
- 188 Important guidelines
- 189 Recommended tire inflation pressure
- 191 Checking tire inflation pressure
- 195 Maximum tire inflation pressure
- 195 Loading the vehicle
- 199 Maximum tire load
- 199 Direction of rotation
- 199 MOExtended system
- 199 Tire care and maintenance
- 201 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards
- 202 Rotating tires
- 202 Tire labeling
- 206 Load identification
- 206 DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)
- 207 Tire ply material
- 207 Tire and loading terminology
- 209 Winter driving
- 209 General information
- 209 Winter tires
- 210 Snow chains
- 210 Winter driving instructions
- 211 Driving instructions
- 211 Drive sensibly – save fuel
- 211 Drinking and driving
- 211 Pedals
- 212 Power assistance
- 212 Brakes
- 214 Driving off
- 214 Hydroplaning
- 214 Standing water
- 214 Driving abroad
- 215 Control and operation of radio transmitter
- 215 Emission control
- 215 Maintenance
- 215 Notes
- 216 Maintenance service indicator message
- 216 Calling up the maintenance service indicator display
- 217 Resetting the maintenance service indicator
- 217 Vehicle care
- 217 Cleaning and care of the vehicle
- 226 Practical hints
- 226 Vehicle equipment
- 226 Where will I find ...?
- 226 First aid kit
- 226 Vehicle tool kit
- 227 Spare wheel
- 228 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display
- 228 Notes
- 229 Text messages
- 239 Symbol messages
- 256 What to do if …
- 256 Lamps in instrument cluster
- 268 Lamp in center console
- 269 Unlocking/locking manually
- 269 Unlocking the vehicle
- 271 Locking the vehicle
- 271 Lowering the load assist manually
- 271 Replacing SmartKey batteries
- 272 SmartKey
- 273 SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO
- 273 Replacing bulbs
- 273 Safety notes
- 274 Bulbs
- 275 Replacing bulbs for front lamps
- 276 Replacing bulbs for rear lamps
- 277 Replacing wiper blades
- 277 Safety notes
- 278 Placing wiper arms in vertical position
- 278 Removing wiper blades
- 278 Installing wiper blades
- 278 Flat tire
- 278 Safety notes
- 279 Preparing the vehicle
- 279 Mounting the spare wheel
- 285 MOExtended system
- 285 Battery
- 285 Safety notes
- 287 Charging the battery
- 287 Jump starting
- 289 Towing the vehicle
- 289 Safety notes
- 290 Installing towing eye bolt
- 292 Towing with front axle raised
- 292 Towing with all wheels on the ground
- 293 Fuses
- 293 Introduction
- 293 Before replacing fuses
- 293 Fuse box in passenger compartment
- 293 Fuse box in trunk
- 294 Fuse box in engine compartment
- 294 Emergency engine shut-down
- 296 Technical data
- 296 Vehicle equipment
- 296 Parts service
- 296 Warranty coverage
- 296 Loss of Service and Warranty Information booklet
- 296 Identification labels
- 298 Vehicle specification SL 550 (230.471)
- 298 Vehicle specification SL 600 (230.477)
- 299 Vehicle specification SL 63 AMG (230.470)
- 300 Vehicle specification SL 65 AMG (230.479)
- 301 Rims and tires
- 301 Notes
- 303 Same size tires
- 304 Mixed size tires
- 305 Spare wheel
- 305 Fuels, coolants, lubricants, etc.
- 305 Capacities
- 307 Approved engine oils
- 308 Engine oil additives
- 308 Air conditioning refrigerant
- 308 Brake fluid
- 308 Premium unleaded gasoline
- 309 Fuel requirements
- 309 Gasoline additives
- 309 Coolants
- 311 Washer system and headlamp cleaning system
- 315 Service and Literature
Mercedes R129 2000 Operator's Manual
Brand: Mercedes Category: Cars Size: 9 MB Pages: 298
Languages: English
Table of contents
- 1 <GRAPHIC>
- 1 <GRAPHIC>
- 1 <GRAPHIC>
- 1 <GRAPHIC>
- 1 P00.00-2731-26
- 2 <GRAPHIC>
- 2 <GRAPHIC>
- 2 SL500 SL600
- 3 Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes-Benz.
- 3 Your selection of our product is a demonstration of your trust in our company name. Further, it e...
- 3 Your Mercedes-Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen. To ensure your...
- 3 • Please read this manual carefully before putting it aside. Then return it to your vehicle where...
- 3 • Please read this manual carefully before putting it aside. Then return it to your vehicle where...
- 3 • Please abide by the recommendations contained in this manual. They are designed to acquaint you...
- 3 • Please abide by the warnings and cautions contained in this manual. They are designed to help i...
- 3 We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe, pleasurable driving.
- 3 Daimler
- 4 I
- 4 I
- 4 Product information 7
- 4 Operator’s manual 8
- 4 Where to find it 13
- 4 Problems with your vehicle 14
- 4 Reporting Safety Defects 15
- 4 Instruments and controls
- 4 Instruments and controls 18
- 4 Door control panel 20
- 4 Door control panel 20
- 4 Overhead control panel 21
- 4 Dashboard 22
- 4 Center console 24
- 4 Operation
- 4 Vehicle keys 28
- 4 Remote control with folding master key 28
- 4 Remote control with folding master key 28
- 4 Central locking system 30
- 4 Remote control 30
- 4 Remote control 30
- 4 Locking and unlocking 31
- 4 Choosing global or selective mode on remote control 32
- 4 Opening the trunk 32
- 4 Panic button 33
- 4 Start lock-out 34
- 4 General notes on the central locking system 34
- 4 Doors 35
- 4 Central locking switch 37
- 4 Automatic central locking 38
- 4 Automatic central locking 38
- 4 Emergency unlocking in case of accident 39
- 4 Trunk 39
- 4 Trunk lid release switch 40
- 4 Power windows 41
- 4 Antitheft alarm system 42
- 4 Tow-away alarm 43
- 4 Power seats 44
- 4 Storing position in memory 46
- 4 Storing position in memory 46
- 4 Backrest 48
- 4 Multicontour seats 49
- 4 Seat heater 50
- 4 Seat belts and integrated restraint system 52
- 4 Seat belts 52
- 4 Seat belt nonusage warning system 53
- 4 Seat belt nonusage warning system 53
- 4 Fastening of seat belts 54
- 4 BabySmart
- 4 Self-test BabySmart
- 4 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) 59
- 4 Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR) 60
- 4 Airbags 60
- 4 Front airbags 62
- 4 Front airbags 62
- 4 Side impact airbags 63
- 4 Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag 66
- 4 Infant and child restraint systems 67
- 4 Adjusting steering column 70
- 4 Storing steering column position in memory 70
- 4 Storing steering column position in memory 70
- 4 Rear view mirrors 71
- 4 Inside rear view mirror 71
- 4 Inside rear view mirror 71
- 5 Antiglare night position 71
- 5 Exterior rear view mirrors 72
- 5 Storing mirror positions in memory 73
- 5 Instrument cluster 74
- 5 Indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 76
- 5 Indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 76
- 5 Additional function indicator lamps 77
- 5 Instrument lamps 77
- 5 Display illumination 77
- 5 Coolant temperature gauge 78
- 5 Outside temperature indicator 78
- 5 Trip odometer 79
- 5 Clock 79
- 5 Tachometer 79
- 5 Flexible service system (FSS) 80
- 5 Engine oil level indicator in odometer display field 82
- 5 Fuel consumption gauge 83
- 5 Engine oil temperature gauge 83
- 5 Engine oil consumption 83
- 5 Exterior lamp switch 84
- 5 Standing lamps 85
- 5 Standing lamps 85
- 5 Night security illumination 85
- 5 Combination switch 86
- 5 Blocked windshield wiper 88
- 5 Blocked windshield wiper 88
- 5 Windshield wiper smears 88
- 5 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio 88
- 5 Hazard warning flasher switch 89
- 5 Automatic climate control 90
- 5 Display and controls 92
- 5 Display and controls 92
- 5 Basic setting - automatic mode 93
- 5 Economy 93
- 5 Special settings 94
- 5 Audio and telephone, operation 98
- 5 Power windows 116
- 5 Express opening of door windows 117
- 5 Express opening of door windows 117
- 5 Synchronizing power windows 117
- 5 Roll bar 118
- 5 Interior lighting 120
- 5 Interior lamps 120
- 5 Interior lamps 120
- 5 Reading lamps 120
- 5 Entrance lamps in footwells, exit lamps in doors 120
- 5 Sunshade, manual 121
- 5 Power sunshade 122
- 5 Sun visors 123
- 5 Illuminated vanity mirror 123
- 5 Interior 124
- 6 Storage compartment (eyeglasses compartment) in the dashboard 124
- 6 Interior central locking system 125
- 6 Interior central locking system 125
- 6 Integration with vehicle central locking system 126
- 6 Separate locking of storage compartments 126
- 6 Armrest 127
- 6 Console storage compartments 127
- 6 Cup holder 128
- 6 Parcel net in passenger footwell 128
- 6 Door pockets 129
- 6 Rear storage compartment 129
- 6 Ashtray with lighter 130
- 6 Lighter 131
- 6 Telephone, general 132
- 6 Garage door opener 133
- 6 Hardtop or panorama roof 137
- 6 Removing hardtop 137
- 6 Removing hardtop 137
- 6 Attaching hardtop 140
- 6 Soft top 143
- 6 Lowering soft top 144
- 6 Lowering soft top 144
- 6 Raising soft top 145
- 6 Wind screen 148
- 6 Antenna 151
- 6 Driving
- 6 Control and operation of radio transmitters 153
- 6 Radio, telephone and two-way radio 153
- 6 Radio, telephone and two-way radio 153
- 6 Telephones and two-way radio 153
- 6 The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km) 154
- 6 Maintenance 154
- 6 Tele Aid 155
- 6 Catalytic converter 163
- 6 Emission control 164
- 6 Steering lock 165
- 6 Starting and turning off the engine 167
- 6 Before starting 167
- 6 Before starting 167
- 6 Starting 167
- 6 Turning off 167
- 6 Automatic transmission 168
- 6 Driving 168
- 6 Driving 168
- 6 Accelerator Position 169
- 6 Selector lever positions 169
- 6 Maneuvering 172
- 6 Stopping 172
- 6 Program mode selector switch 173
- 6 Emergency Operation 174
- 6 Parking brake 175
- 6 Driving instructions 176
- 6 Drive sensibly - Save fuel 176
- 6 Drive sensibly - Save fuel 176
- 6 Drinking and driving 176
- 6 Pedals 176
- 6 Power assistance 177
- 6 Brakes 177
- 6 Driving off 178
- 6 Parking 178
- 6 Tires 179
- 6 Aquaplaning 180
- 6 Tire traction 180
- 6 Tire speed rating 181
- 6 Snow chains 181
- 7 Vehicles with sport package 181
- 7 Winter driving instructions 182
- 7 Winter driving 183
- 7 Block heater 183
- 7 Deep water 184
- 7 Traveling abroad 184
- 7 Cruise control 185
- 7 Brake assist system (BAS) 188
- 7 Antilock brake system (ABS) 190
- 7 ABS control 191
- 7 ABS control 191
- 7 Electronic Stability Program (ESP) 192
- 7 Synchronizing ESP 193
- 7 Synchronizing ESP 193
- 7 ESP Control Switch 194
- 7 Level control system 196
- 7 Level control switch positions 196
- 7 Level control switch positions 196
- 7 Normal Level 197
- 7 Wheel Change Switch 198
- 7 Adaptive Damping System (ADS) 199
- 7 Adaptive damping system adjustment 199
- 7 Adaptive damping system adjustment 199
- 7 What you should know at the gas station 200
- 7 Fuel supply 200
- 7 Fuel supply 200
- 7 Fuel 200
- 7 Check regularly and before a long trip 202
- 7 Instrument cluster display
- 7 Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 204
- 7 On-board diagnostic system Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 204
- 7 On-board diagnostic system Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 204
- 7 Brake warning lamp 204
- 7 Brake pad wear indicator lamp 205
- 7 Seat belt warning lamp 206
- 7 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp 206
- 7 Fuel reserve and fuel cap placement warning 207
- 7 Electronic stability program (ESP) - warning lamp 207
- 7 BAS-/ESP malfunction indicator lamp 207
- 7 ABS malfunction indicator lamp 208
- 7 Low engine coolant level warning lamp 209
- 7 Low windshield and headlamp washer system fluid level warning lamp 210
- 7 Low engine oil level warning lamp 210
- 7 Charge indicator lamp 211
- 7 Exterior lamp failure indicator lamp 211
- 7 Roll bar warning lamp 212
- 7 ADS indicator lamp 212
- 7 High beam indicator lamp 213
- 7 Additional function indicator lamps (in the odometer display) 213
- 7 Malfunction and indicator lamp (in the dashboard) 213
- 8 Passenger airbag indicator lamp 213
- 8 Passenger airbag indicator lamp 213
- 8 Practical hints
- 8 First aid kit 215
- 8 Stowing things in the vehicle 215
- 8 Vehicle tools 216
- 8 Vehicle jack 217
- 8 Fuses 218
- 8 Hood 219
- 8 Automatic transmission fluid level 221
- 8 Checking engine oil level 221
- 8 Coolant level 223
- 8 Adding coolant 224
- 8 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio 225
- 8 Wheels 226
- 8 Tire replacement 226
- 8 Rotating wheels 227
- 8 Spare wheel 228
- 8 Changing wheels 230
- 8 Tire inflation pressure 234
- 8 Battery 236
- 8 Battery Recycling 237
- 8 Battery Recycling 237
- 8 Jump starting 238
- 8 Towing the vehicle 240
- 8 Exterior lamps 242
- 8 Headlamp assembly (Halogen) 243
- 8 Headlamp assembly (Halogen) 243
- 8 Taillamp assemblies 249
- 8 Changing batteries in the remote control 251
- 8 Synchronizing 252
- 8 Synchronizing 252
- 8 Raising soft top manually 253
- 8 Replacing wiper blade insert 257
- 8 Manual release of fuel filler flap 259
- 8 Trunk lamp 259
- 8 Vehicle care
- 8 Cleaning and care of the vehicle 261
- 8 Power washer 262
- 8 Power washer 262
- 8 Tar stains 262
- 8 Paintwork, Painted Body Components 262
- 8 Engine cleaning 263
- 8 Vehicle washing 263
- 8 Ornamental moldings 263
- 8 Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses 263
- 8 Window cleaning 264
- 8 Light alloy wheels 264
- 8 Instrument cluster 264
- 8 Steering wheel and gear selector lever 264
- 8 Cup holder 264
- 8 Seat belts 265
- 8 Headliner, shelf behind roll bars, and other hard plastic trim items 265
- 8 Soft top 265
- 8 Headliner 266
- 8 Wind screen 266
- 8 Automatic antenna 266
- 8 Wiper blade 266
- 8 Headlamp cleaning system 266
- 8 Leather upholstery 267
- 8 Plastic and rubber parts 267
- 8 Illuminated door sill panels 267
- 9 Technical data
- 9 Spare parts service 269
- 9 Warranty coverage 269
- 9 Identification labels 270
- 9 Layout of poly-V-belt drive 271
- 9 Engine 272
- 9 Rims - Tires 273
- 9 Weights 275
- 9 Main Dimensions 275
- 9 Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities 276
- 9 Engine oils 278
- 9 Engine oil additives 278
- 9 Air conditioner refrigerant 278
- 9 Brake fluid 278
- 9 Premium unleaded gasoline 279
- 9 Fuel requirements 279
- 9 Gasoline additives 280
- 9 Coolants 280
- 9 Consumer information 282
- 9 Index
- 9 Index 285
- 10 Introduction
- 10 Introduction
- 10 Introduction
- 10 Introduction
- 10 Product information
- 10 Kindly observe the following in your own best interest:
- 10 We recommend using Mercedes-Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessories expli...
- 10 We have tested these parts to determine their reliability, safety and their special suitability f...
- 10 We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible f...
- 10 Mercedes-Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessories approved by us are avail...
- 11 Operator’s manual
- 11 Operator’s manual
- 11 Operator’s manual
- 11 This Operator’s Manual contains a great deal of useful information. We urge you to read it carefu...
- 11 For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle, we urge you to follow the instruction...
- 11 Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual. Therefore, you may f...
- 11 Service and warranty information
- 11 Service and warranty information
- 11 The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties c...
- 11 • New Car Limited Warranty,
- 11 • New Car Limited Warranty,
- 11 • Emission System Warranty,
- 11 • Emission Performance Warranty,
- 11 • California, Massachusetts, and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty (California, Massachuse...
- 11 • State Warranty Enforcement Laws (Lemon Laws).
- 12 Important notice for California retail buyers of Mercedes-Benz automobiles
- 12 Important notice for California retail buyers of Mercedes-Benz automobiles
- 12 Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purc...
- 12 Maintenance
- 12 Maintenance
- 12 The Service Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at reg...
- 12 Always have the Service Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to your authorized Mercedes-Be...
- 13 Roadside assistance
- 13 Roadside assistance
- 13 The Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the even...
- 13 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)
- 13 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)
- 13 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)
- 13 will be answered by Mercedes-Benz Client Assistance Representatives 24hours a day, 365days a year.
- 13 For additional information refer to the Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in you...
- 13 Change of address or ownership
- 13 Change of address or ownership
- 13 If you change your address, be sure to send in the
- 13 If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to t...
- 13 If you bought this vehicle used, be sure to send in the
- 14 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
- 14 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada
- 14 If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries, please be aware that:
- 14 • Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available,
- 14 • Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available,
- 14 • unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available; the use of leade...
- 14 • gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating, and improper fuel can cause engine damage.
- 14 Certain Mercedes-Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Delivery Pro...
- 14 <TABLE>
- 14 <TABLE BODY>
- 14 <TABLE ROW>
- 14 In the USA:
- 14 In Canada:
- 14 <TABLE ROW>
- 14 Mercedes-Benz usa, LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale, NJ 07645-0350
- 14 Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. European Delivery Department 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto, Ontario...
- 15 We continuously strive to improve our product, and ask for your understanding that we reserve the...
- 15 Optional equipment is also described in this manual, including operating instructions wherever ne...
- 15 If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator’s Manual, you...
- 15 The Operator’s Manual and Service Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the veh...
- 16 Where to find it
- 16 Where to find it
- 16 Where to find it
- 16 The Operator’s Manual is divided into eight sections:
- 16 • Instruments and controls:
- 16 • Instruments and controls:
- 16 • Instruments and controls:
- 16 • Operation:
- 16 • Operation:
- 16 • Driving:
- 16 • Driving:
- 16 • Instrument cluster display:
- 16 • Instrument cluster display:
- 16 • Practical hints:
- 16 • Practical hints:
- 16 • Car care:
- 16 • Car care:
- 16 • Technical data:
- 16 • Technical data:
- 16 • Index:
- 16 • Index:
- 16 Other documents may also be supplied, depending on your vehicle’s equipment.
- 16 Explanation of color used:
- 16 <TABLE>
- 16 <TABLE BODY>
- 16 <TABLE ROW>
- 16 Warning notices for the protection of yourself and others appear on red background.
- 17 Problems with your vehicle
- 17 Problems with your vehicle
- 17 Problems with your vehicle
- 17 If you should experience a problem with your vehicle, particularly one that you believe may affec...
- 17 In the
- 17 In the
- 17 Client Assistance Center Mercedes-Benz
- 17 In Canada:
- 17 Customer Relations Department Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto, Ontari...
- 18 For the
- 18 Reporting Safety Defects
- 18 Reporting Safety Defects
- 18 Reporting Safety Defects
- 18 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or ...
- 18 If
- 18 To contact
- 20 I
- 20 I
- 20 Instruments and controls 18
- 20 Door control panel 20
- 20 Door control panel 20
- 20 Overhead control panel 21
- 20 Dashboard 22
- 20 Center console 24
- 21 Instruments and controls
- 21 Instruments and controls
- 21 Instruments and controls
- 21 Instruments and controls
- 21 Instruments and controls
- 21 <GRAPHIC>
- 22 1 Door control panel, see page
- 22 1 Door control panel, see page
- 22 2 Overhead control panel, see page
- 22 3 Dashboard, see page
- 22 4 Center console, see page
- 23 Door control panel
- 23 Door control panel
- 23 Door control panel
- 23 <GRAPHIC>
- 23 1 Door handle, pull to open, see page
- 23 1 Door handle, pull to open, see page
- 23 2 Front seat adjustment, see page
- 24 Overhead control panel
- 24 Overhead control panel
- 24 Overhead control panel
- 24 Overhead control panel
- 24 <GRAPHIC>
- 24 1 Hands-free microphone for Tele Aid, and optional telephone with voice recognition system
- 24 1 Hands-free microphone for Tele Aid, and optional telephone with voice recognition system
- 24 2 Interior lighting, see page
- 24 3 Tele Aid (emergency call system), see page
- 24 4 Rear view mirror, see page
- 24 5 Garage door opener, see page
- 25 Dashboard
- 25 Dashboard
- 25 Dashboard
- 25 Dashboard
- 25 <GRAPHIC>
- 26 1 Side air outlet, adjustable, see page
- 26 1 Side air outlet, adjustable, see page
- 26 2 Level control switch and wheel change switch, see page
- 26 3 Exterior lamp switch, see page
- 26 4 Parking brake release, see page
- 26 5 Hood lock release, see page
- 26 6 Parking brake pedal, see page
- 26 7 Combination switch, see page
- 26 8 Cruise control switch, see page
- 26 9 Horn
- 26 10 Airbag, see page
- 26 11 Voice recognition system switch, see separate operating instructions
- 26 12 Instrument cluster, see page
- 26 13 Steering lock with ignition/starter switch, see page
- 26 14 Center air outlets adjustable, see page
- 26 15 Heated air supply button - center air outlet, see page
- 26 16 Non-heated/cooled air supply button - center air outlet, see page
- 26 17 Storage/eyeglasses compartment, see page
- 26 18 Air volume control for left air outlet, see page
- 26 19 Air volume control for center air outlets, see page
- 26 20 Air volume control for right air outlet, see page
- 26 21 Airbag off indicator lamp, see page
- 26 22 Automatic climate control, see page
- 26 23 Audio system, see page
- 26 24 Trunk lid release switch, see page
- 26 25 Switch for tow-away alarm, see page
- 26 26 Central locking switch, see page
- 26 27 Hazard warning flasher switch, see page
- 26 28 Adaptive damping system adjustment switch, see page
- 26 29 ESP control switch, see page
- 26 30 Roll bar operation switch, see page
- 27 Center console
- 27 Center console
- 27 Center console
- 27 <GRAPHIC>
- 27 31 Ashtray with lighter (to open press bottom of cover), see page
- 27 32 Mirror adjustment switch, see page
- 27 33 Soft/hardtop operation switch, see page
- 27 34 Seat heater switch, see page
- 27 35 Power window switch, see page
- 30 Contents – Operation
- 30 Contents – Operation
- 30 Contents – Operation
- 30 Vehicle keys 28
- 30 Remote control with folding master key 28
- 30 Remote control with folding master key 28
- 30 Central locking system 30
- 30 Remote control 30
- 30 Remote control 30
- 30 Locking and unlocking 31
- 30 Choosing global or selective mode on remote control 32
- 30 Opening the trunk 32
- 30 Panic button 33
- 30 Start lock-out 34
- 30 General notes on the central locking system 34
- 30 Doors 35
- 30 Central locking switch 37
- 30 Automatic central locking 38
- 30 Automatic central locking 38
- 30 Emergency unlocking in case of accident 39
- 30 Trunk 39
- 30 Trunk lid release switch 40
- 30 Power windows 41
- 30 Antitheft alarm system 42
- 30 Tow-away alarm 43
- 30 Power seats 44
- 30 Storing position in memory 46
- 30 Storing position in memory 46
- 30 Backrest 48
- 30 Multicontour seats 49
- 30 Seat heater 50
- 30 Seat belts and integrated restraint system 52
- 30 Seat belts 52
- 30 Seat belt nonusage warning system 53
- 30 Seat belt nonusage warning system 53
- 30 Fastening of seat belts 54
- 30 BabySmart
- 30 Self-test BabySmart
- 30 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) 59
- 30 Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR) 60
- 30 Airbags 60
- 30 Front airbags 62
- 30 Front airbags 62
- 30 Side impact airbags 63
- 30 Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag 66
- 30 Infant and child restraint systems 67
- 30 Adjusting steering column 70
- 30 Storing steering column position in memory 70
- 30 Storing steering column position in memory 70
- 30 Rear view mirrors 71
- 30 Inside rear view mirror 71
- 30 Inside rear view mirror 71
- 30 Antiglare night position 71
- 30 Exterior rear view mirrors 72
- 30 Storing mirror positions in memory 73
- 30 Instrument cluster 74
- 30 Indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 76
- 30 Indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 76
- 30 Additional function indicator lamps 77
- 30 Instrument lamps 77
- 30 Display illumination 77
- 30 Coolant temperature gauge 78
- 30 Outside temperature indicator 78
- 31 Trip odometer 79
- 31 Clock 79
- 31 Tachometer 79
- 31 Flexible service system (FSS) 80
- 31 Engine oil level indicator in odometer display field 82
- 31 Fuel consumption gauge 83
- 31 Engine oil temperature gauge 83
- 31 Engine oil consumption 83
- 31 Exterior lamp switch 84
- 31 Standing lamps 85
- 31 Standing lamps 85
- 31 Night security illumination 85
- 31 Combination switch 86
- 31 Blocked windshield wiper 88
- 31 Blocked windshield wiper 88
- 31 Windshield wiper smears 88
- 31 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio 88
- 31 Hazard warning flasher switch 89
- 31 Automatic climate control 90
- 31 Display and controls 92
- 31 Display and controls 92
- 31 Basic setting - automatic mode 93
- 31 Economy 93
- 31 Special settings 94
- 31 Audio and telephone, operation 98
- 31 Power windows 116
- 31 Express opening of door windows 117
- 31 Express opening of door windows 117
- 31 Synchronizing power windows 117
- 31 Roll bar 118
- 31 Interior lighting 120
- 31 Interior lamps 120
- 31 Interior lamps 120
- 31 Reading lamps 120
- 31 Entrance lamps in footwells, exit lamps in doors 120
- 31 Sunshade, manual 121
- 31 Power sunshade 122
- 31 Sun visors 123
- 31 Illuminated vanity mirror 123
- 31 Interior 124
- 31 Storage compartment (eyeglasses compartment) in the dashboard 124
- 31 Interior central locking system 125
- 31 Interior central locking system 125
- 31 Integration with vehicle central locking system 126
- 31 Separate locking of storage compartments 126
- 31 Armrest 127
- 31 Console storage compartments 127
- 31 Cup holder 128
- 31 Parcel net in passenger footwell 128
- 31 Door pockets 129
- 31 Rear storage compartment 129
- 31 Ashtray with lighter 130
- 31 Lighter 131
- 31 Telephone, general 132
- 31 Garage door opener 133
- 31 Hardtop or panorama roof 137
- 31 Removing hardtop 137
- 31 Removing hardtop 137
- 31 Attaching hardtop 140
- 31 Soft top 143
- 31 Lowering soft top 144
- 31 Lowering soft top 144
- 31 Raising soft top 145
- 31 Wind screen 148
- 31 Antenna 151
- 32 Operation
- 32 Operation
- 32 Operation
- 32 Operation
- 32 Vehicle keys
- 32 Included with your vehicle are:
- 32 • 2 remote controls with folding master keys,
- 32 • 2 remote controls with folding master keys,
- 32 • 1 valet key.
- 32 <TABLE>
- 32 <TABLE BODY>
- 32 <TABLE ROW>
- 32 Warning!
- 32 Warning!
- 32 When leaving the vehicle always remove the key from the steering lock, and lock your vehicle. Do ...
- 32 Remote control with folding master key
- 32 Remote control with folding master key
- 32 Remote control with folding master key
- 32 <GRAPHIC>
- 32 The remote control operates all locks on the vehicle.
- 32 To release the key, press button(1). The key unfolds from the holder by itself.
- 32 The transmitter for the remote control is located in the key holder.
- 32 The infrared receivers are located in the door handles.
- 33 <GRAPHIC>
- 33 <GRAPHIC>
- 33 Keys:Valet key
- 33 Keys:Valet key
- 33 To prevent access to trunk by using the valet key(2), the luggage cover must be open.
- 33 Notes:
- 33 Notes:
- 33 Do not give the master key to an unauthorized person.
- 33 Obtaining replacement keys
- 33 Obtaining replacement keys
- 33 Your vehicle is equipped with a theft deterrent locking system requiring a special key manufactur...
- 34 Central locking system
- 34 Central locking system
- 34 Central locking system
- 34 Remote control
- 34 Remote control
- 34 Remote control
- 34 Due to the extended operational range of the remote control, it could be possible to unintentiona...
- 34 The vehicle doors, trunk, storage compartment in armrest, and fuel filler flap can be centrally l...
- 34 <GRAPHIC>
- 34 <GRAPHIC>
- 34 <GRAPHIC>
- 34 ‹
- 34 ‹
- 34 Œ
- 34 Œ
- 34 ³
- 34 ³
- 34 2 Panic
- 34 2 Panic
- 34 3 Release button for master key
- 34 4 Transmitter eye and lamp for battery check
- 35 Locking and unlocking
- 35 Locking and unlocking
- 35 Locking and unlocking
- 35 Unlocking:
- 35 Press transmit button
- 35 The remote control can be programmed for two kinds of unlocking modes (see below):
- 35 Selective unlocking mode – Press transmit button
- 35 Global unlocking mode – Press transmit button
- 35 Notes:
- 35 Notes:
- 35 If the trunk was previously locked separately, it will remain locked, see page
- 35 The presently active unlocking mode (selective or global) can only be determined by unlocking the...
- 35 If within 40 seconds of unlocking with the remote control, neither door is opened, the key is not...
- 35 Locking:
- 35 Press transmit button
- 35 Note:
- 35 Note:
- 35 If the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked by pressing the transmit button, then it may be neces...
- 36 Choosing global or selective mode on remote control
- 36 Choosing global or selective mode on remote control
- 36 Choosing global or selective mode on remote control
- 36 Press and hold transmit buttons
- 36 Opening the trunk
- 36 Opening the trunk
- 36 Opening the trunk
- 36 Press the transmit button
- 36 Important!
- 36 Important!
- 36 Do not place remote control in trunk since trunk is locked when the lid is closed if the vehicle ...
- 36 Note:
- 36 Note:
- 36 If the trunk was previously locked separately, it will remain locked. See page
- 37 Panic button
- 37 Panic button
- 37 Panic button
- 37 <GRAPHIC>
- 37 To activate press and hold button(1) for at least one second. An audible alarm and blinking exte...
- 37 To deactivate press button(1) again, or turn key in steering lock to position2.
- 37 Note:
- 37 Note:
- 37 For operation in the USA only: This device complies with Part15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is s...
- 37 (1)This device may not cause harmful interference, and
- 37 (2)this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause unde...
- 37 Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user’s authority to operate the equip...
- 38 Start lock-out
- 38 Start lock-out
- 38 Start lock-out
- 38 Important!
- 38 Important!
- 38 Removing the key from the steering lock activates the start lock-out. The engine cannot be started.
- 38 Turning the key in the steering lock to position2 deactivates the start lock-out.
- 38 Note:
- 38 Note:
- 38 In case the engine cannot be started (vehicle’s battery is in order), and
- 38 General notes on the central locking system
- 38 General notes on the central locking system
- 38 General notes on the central locking system
- 38 • If the key in the steering lock is in position2, the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked with...
- 38 • If the key in the steering lock is in position2, the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked with...
- 38 If the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked:
- 38 • Aim transmitter eye at a receiver of either door handle and press button
- 38 • Aim transmitter eye at a receiver of either door handle and press button
- 38 • Check the batteries of the remote control, see page
- 38 • Synchronize the central locking system, see page
- 39 Doors
- 39 Doors
- 39 Doors
- 39 <GRAPHIC>
- 39 1 Opening – pull handle
- 39 1 Opening – pull handle
- 39 2 Unlocking
- 39 3 Locking
- 39 4 Individual door from inside:
- 39 P72.10-2110-26
- 39 P72.10-2110-26
- 39 P72.10-2110-26
- 39 <GRAPHIC>
- 39 The entire vehicle may be locked or unlocked by either using the master key in driver’s door or t...
- 39 Note:
- 39 Note:
- 39 If the fuel filler flap cannot be opened, see page
- 40 When you lock the vehicle, both door lock buttons should move down. If any one stays up, the resp...
- 40 You should then unlock the vehicle, open and reclose this door, and lock the vehicle again. Each ...
- 40 If the vehicle has previously been locked from the outside, only the door being opened from the i...
- 40 Notes:
- 40 Notes:
- 40 In case of a malfunction in the central locking system the doors can be locked and unlocked indiv...
- 40 To lock, turn key in driver’s door lock to position3 or push down lock buttons.
- 40 To unlock, turn key in driver’s door lock to position2 or pull inside door handles.
- 41 Central locking switch
- 41 Central locking switch
- 41 Central locking switch
- 41 <GRAPHIC>
- 41 1 Locking
- 41 1 Locking
- 41 2 Unlocking
- 41 The central locking switch is located in the center console.
- 41 The doors and trunk can only be locked with the central locking switch, if both doors are closed.
- 41 Notes:
- 41 Notes:
- 41 If the vehicle was previously locked with the remote control or key, the doors and trunk cannot b...
- 41 Opening a door with the inside door handle will cause the alarm to come on. To switch the alarm o...
- 41 If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch, while in the selective remo...
- 41 If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch, while in the global remote ...
- 41 Note:
- 41 Note:
- 41 The storage compartment in the armrest as well as the fuel filler flap cannot be locked or unlock...
- 42 Automatic central locking
- 42 Automatic central locking
- 42 Automatic central locking
- 42 The central locking switch also operates the automatic central locking.
- 42 With the automatic central locking system activated, the doors and trunk are locked at vehicle sp...
- 42 To activate:
- 42 With key in steering lock position2 hold upper portion of switch(1) for a minimum of 5seconds.
- 42 To deactivate:
- 42 With key in steering lock position2 hold lower portion of switch(2) for a minimum of 5seconds.
- 42 Notes:
- 42 Notes:
- 42 If doors are unlocked with the central locking switch after activating the automatic central lock...
- 42 If a door is opened from the inside at speeds of approx. 9mph (15km/h) or less with the automat...
- 42 Important!
- 42 Important!
- 42 When towing the vehicle, or with the vehicle on a dynamometer test stand, please, note the follow...
- 42 With the automatic central locking activated and the key in steering lock position2, the vehicle...
- 42 To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking, deactivate the automatic central locking.
- 42 Emergency unlocking in case of accident
- 42 Emergency unlocking in case of accident
- 42 Emergency unlocking in case of accident
- 42 The doors unlock automatically a short time after a strong deceleration is detected, such as in a...
- 43 Emergency unlocking in case of accident
- 43 Emergency unlocking in case of accident
- 43 Emergency unlocking in case of accident
- 43 <GRAPHIC>
- 43 0 Neutral position – push to open (arrow)
- 43 0 Neutral position – push to open (arrow)
- 43 1 Unlocking
- 43 2 Locking (detent)
- 43 3 Separate locking of trunk – remove key in this position.
- 43 When the trunk is separately locked, it remains locked when centrally unlocking the vehicle.
- 43 To deny any unauthorized person access to the trunk, lock it separately with the mechanical key. ...
- 43 Notes:
- 43 Notes:
- 43 In case of a malfunction in the central locking system the trunk can be locked and unlocked indiv...
- 43 To lock, turn key to position2 or3.
- 43 To unlock and open the trunk lid, turn key to position1, hold and push to open.
- 43 If the fuel filler flap cannot be opened, see page
- 43 Important!
- 43 Important!
- 43 Do not place key inside trunk, since trunk is locked again when closing the lid.
- 43 Lower trunk lid using handle and close it with hands placed flat on edges on trunk.
- 44 Trunk lid release switch
- 44 Trunk lid release switch
- 44 <GRAPHIC>
- 44 1 Indicator lamp in switch located in center console
- 44 1 Indicator lamp in switch located in center console
- 44 To release the trunk lid, the vehicle must be at standstill and unlocked with the remote control....
- 44 The indicator lamp (1) in the switch remains on with trunk lid released.
- 44 Notes:
- 44 Notes:
- 44 With vehicle centrally locked, the trunk can also be released by using the remote control. Press
- 44 The trunk lid cannot be released by the switch when previously locked separately with the key. To...
- 44 The trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid release switch when the vehicle was previously ...
- 45 Power windows
- 45 Power windows
- 45 Power windows
- 45 <GRAPHIC>
- 45 1 Opening
- 45 1 Opening
- 45 2 Interrupting
- 45 3 Closing
- 45 When locking doors or trunk, turn key in door lock or trunk lock to position3 and hold. The wind...
- 45 To interrupt the closing procedure, turn key to position2.
- 45 When unlocking doors or trunk, turn key in door lock or trunk lock to position1 and hold. The wi...
- 45 To interrupt the opening procedure, turn key to position2.
- 45 <TABLE>
- 45 <TABLE BODY>
- 45 <TABLE ROW>
- 45 Warning!
- 45 Warning!
- 45 Never operate the windows if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by the procedure.
- 45 <TABLE ROW>
- 45 In case the procedure causes potential danger, the procedure can be immediately reversed by turni...
- 45 In case the procedure causes potential danger, the procedure can be immediately reversed by turni...
- 45 • for opening position(1),
- 45 • for opening position(1),
- 45 • for opening position(1),
- 45 • for closing position(3).
- 45 • for closing position(3).
- 45 Note:
- 45 Note:
- 45 If the opening/closing procedure is interrupted, it can only be continued by first turning the ke...
- 46 Antitheft alarm system
- 46 Antitheft alarm system
- 46 Antitheft alarm system
- 46 <GRAPHIC>
- 46 1 Indicator lamp in switch located in center console
- 46 1 Indicator lamp in switch located in center console
- 46 The antitheft alarm is automatically armed or disarmed with the remote control or any of your veh...
- 46 The antitheft alarm is armed within approx. 10seconds after locking the vehicle.
- 46 A blinking lamp(1) indicates that the alarm is armed.
- 46 Operation:
- 46 Once the alarm system has been armed, the exterior vehicle lamps will flash and an alarm will sou...
- 46 • opens a door,
- 46 • opens a door,
- 46 • opens the trunk,
- 46 • opens the hood,
- 46 • opens the storage compartment between the front seats,
- 46 • attempts to raise the vehicle.
- 46 The alarm will last approximately 3minutes in form of flashing exterior lamps. At the same time ...
- 46 The antitheft alarm system is switched off automatically if the vehicle is unlocked with the elec...
- 47 Tow-away alarm
- 47 Tow-away alarm
- 47 Tow-away alarm
- 47 <GRAPHIC>
- 47 The switch is located in the center console.
- 47 1 Press to switch off
- 47 1 Press to switch off
- 47 2 Indicator lamp
- 47 Once the alarm system has been armed, the exterior vehicle lamps will flash and an alarm will sou...
- 47 The alarm will last approximately 3minutes in the form of flashing exterior lamps. At the same t...
- 47 The tow-away alarm system is switched off automatically if the vehicle is unlocked with the elect...
- 47 If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds, an emergency call is initiated automatically. See...
- 47 To prevent triggering the tow-away alarm feature, switch off the tow-away alarm before towing the...
- 47 To do so, turn key in steering lock to position1 or0, or remove key from steering lock. Press t...
- 47 Exit vehicle, and lock vehicle with key or remote control.
- 47 The tow-away alarm remains switched off until the vehicle is locked again with key or remote cont...
- 48 Power seats
- 48 Power seats
- 48 Power seats
- 48 <GRAPHIC>
- 48 The switches are located in both doors.
- 48 Turn key in steering lock to position1 or2 (with either door open, the power seats can also be ...
- 48 The position should be as far rearward as possible, consistent with ability to properly operate c...
- 48 We recommend to adjust the power seat in the following order:
- 48 1 Seat, up/down
- 48 1 Seat, up/down
- 48 1 Seat, up/down
- 48 Press the switch (up/down direction) until comfortable seating position with still sufficient hea...
- 48 2 Seat adjustment, fore/aft
- 48 2 Seat adjustment, fore/aft
- 48 Press the switch (fore/aft direction) until a comfortable seating position is reached that still ...
- 48 3 Seat cushion tilt
- 48 3 Seat cushion tilt
- 48 Press the switch in the direction of the arrow until your legs are lightly supported.
- 48 4 Backrest tilt
- 48 4 Backrest tilt
- 48 Press the switch in the direction of the arrow until the backrest is in an almost upright positio...
- 49 5 Head restraint
- 49 5 Head restraint
- 49 Adjust the head restraint so that the upper portion of the shoulder belt is located as close as p...
- 49 Note:
- 49 Note:
- 49 To prevent the backrest from touching the soft top storage compartment cover when the seat is mov...
- 49 When reclining the backrest, the seat will automatically move forward to prevent the backrest fro...
- 49 <TABLE>
- 49 <TABLE BODY>
- 49 <TABLE ROW>
- 49 Warning!
- 49 Warning!
- 49 When leaving the vehicle always remove the key from the steering lock, and lock the vehicle.
- 49 <TABLE ROW>
- 49 The power seats can also be operated with a door open. Do not leave children unattended in the ve...
- 49 The power seats can also be operated with a door open. Do not leave children unattended in the ve...
- 49 Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury.
- 49 <TABLE ROW>
- 49 Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving. Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the d...
- 49 Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving. Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the d...
- 49 <TABLE ROW>
- 49 Never ride in a moving vehicle with the backrest reclined.
- 49 Never ride in a moving vehicle with the backrest reclined.
- 49 Sitting in an excessively reclined position can be dangerous. You could slide under the seat belt...
- 49 <TABLE ROW>
- 49 The rear storage area should never be occupied by passengers since the vehicle is a 2 seater. Fur...
- 49 The rear storage area should never be occupied by passengers since the vehicle is a 2 seater. Fur...
- 49 <TABLE ROW>
- 49 Never place hands under seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted.
- 49 Never place hands under seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted.
- 50 Storing position in memory
- 50 Storing position in memory
- 50 Storing position in memory
- 50 6 Memory button
- 50 6 Memory button
- 50 6 Memory button
- 50 7 Position buttons
- 50 7 Position buttons
- 50 After the seat and head restraint are positioned, push memory button (6), release, and within 3s...
- 50 Using the same position button, the steering wheel position and exterior rear view mirror positio...
- 50 Recalling stored positions
- 50 Recalling stored positions
- 50 Press position button
- 50 Note:
- 50 Note:
- 50 For safety reasons, the seat/head restraint/steering wheel/exterior rear view mirror movement sto...
- 51 Important!
- 51 Important!
- 51 Prior to operating the vehicle, the driver should adjust the seat height for proper vision as wel...
- 51 In addition, also adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control, reach, operation, and com...
- 51 Both the inside and outside rear view mirrors should be adjusted for adequate rearward vision.
- 51 Fasten seat belts. Infants and small children should be seated in a properly secured restraint sy...
- 51 All seat, head restraint, rear view mirror, and steering wheel adjustments as well as fastening o...
- 52 Backrest
- 52 Backrest
- 52 Backrest
- 52 <GRAPHIC>
- 52 Folding forward:
- 52 Folding forward:
- 52 Lift lever and fold forwards.
- 52 Folding back:
- 52 Folding back:
- 52 Fold backrest back until it audibly locks in place.
- 52 <TABLE>
- 52 <TABLE BODY>
- 52 <TABLE ROW>
- 52 <TABLE ROW>
- 52 Warning
- 52 Warning
- 52 The seat belts provide protection only with the backrest locked in place and, therefore, it must ...
- 52 Note:
- 52 Note:
- 52 If the backrest and seat belt warning lamp
- 52 Always provide sufficient room behind the backrest and fold the backrest all the way back until i...
- 52 The warning lamp goes out as soon as both backrests are locked in place.
- 52 If both backrests are locked in place and the warning lamp does not go out, have the system check...
- 53 Multicontour seats
- 53 Multicontour seats
- 53 Multicontour seats
- 53 <GRAPHIC>
- 53 Switch is located on side of seat.
- 53 We recommend to adjust the multicontour seat in the following order:
- 53 1 Seat cushion depth
- 53 1 Seat cushion depth
- 53 2 Backrest bottom
- 53 3 Backrest center
- 53 4 Side bolster adjustment
- 53 Some models may be equipped with multicontour seats. These seats have movable seat cushions, and ...
- 53 The seat cushion movement and amount of backrest cushion height and curvature can be continuously...
- 53 The side bolsters of the backrest can be adjusted with rocker switch (4):
- 53 • press down forward end - increase side support,
- 53 • press down forward end - increase side support,
- 53 • press down rearward end - decrease side support.
- 53 If the engine is turned off, the last cushion setting is retained in memory, and automatically ad...
- 54 Seat heater
- 54 Seat heater
- 54 Seat heater
- 54 <GRAPHIC>
- 54 The seat heater switches are located on the center console.
- 54 The seat heaters can be switched on with the key in steering lock positions 1 or 2.
- 54 Press switch to turn on seat heater:
- 54 1 Normal seat heating mode. One indicator lamp in the switch lights up.
- 54 1 Normal seat heating mode. One indicator lamp in the switch lights up.
- 54 2 Rapid seat heating mode. Both indicator lamps in the switch light up. After approximately 5min...
- 54 Turning off seat heater:
- 54 If one indicator lamp is on, press upper half of switch.
- 54 If both indicator lamps are one, press lower half of switch.
- 54 If left on, the seat heater automatically turns off after approximately 30 minutes of operation.
- 55 Note:
- 55 Note:
- 55 When in operation, the seat heater consumes a large amount of electrical power. It is not advisab...
- 55 The seat heaters may automatically switch off if too many power consumers are switched on at the ...
- 55 If the blinking of the indicator lamps is distracting to you, the seat heaters can be switched off.
- 56 Seat belts and integrated restraint system
- 56 Seat belts and integrated restraint system
- 56 Seat belts and integrated restraint system
- 56 Your vehicle is equipped with lap-shoulder seat belts, emergency tensioning retractors for the se...
- 56 Seat belts
- 56 Seat belts
- 56 Seat belts
- 56 Important!
- 56 Important!
- 56 Laws in most states and all Canadian provinces require seat belt use.
- 56 All states and provinces require use of child restraints that comply with U.S. Federal Motor Vehi...
- 56 All child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap b...
- 56 For your safety and that of your passenger we strongly recommend their use.
- 56 Note:
- 56 Note:
- 56 For cleaning and care of the seat belts, see page
- 56 <TABLE>
- 56 <TABLE BODY>
- 56 <TABLE ROW>
- 56 <TABLE ROW>
- 56 Warning!
- 56 Warning!
- 56 The seat belts provide protection only with the backrest locked in place. If the seat belt warnin...
- 56 <TABLE ROW>
- 56 Never ride in a moving vehicle with the backrest reclined. Sitting in an excessively reclined pos...
- 56 Never ride in a moving vehicle with the backrest reclined. Sitting in an excessively reclined pos...
- 57 Seat belt nonusage warning system
- 57 Seat belt nonusage warning system
- 57 Seat belt nonusage warning system
- 57 With the key in steering lock position2, a warning sounds for a short time if the driver’s seat ...
- 57 <TABLE>
- 57 <TABLE BODY>
- 57 <TABLE ROW>
- 57 Warning!
- 57 Warning!
- 57 Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of in...
- 57 <TABLE ROW>
- 57 If you are ever in an accident, your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat b...
- 57 If you are ever in an accident, your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat b...
- 57 <TABLE ROW>
- 57 In the same crash, the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your seat belt.
- 57 In the same crash, the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your seat belt.
- 57 <TABLE ROW>
- 57 Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available. Be sure everyone r...
- 57 Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available. Be sure everyone r...
- 57 <TABLE>
- 57 <TABLE BODY>
- 57 <TABLE ROW>
- 57 Warning!
- 57 Warning!
- 57 Children 12 years old and under must never ride in this vehicle, except in a Mercedes-Benz author...
- 57 <TABLE ROW>
- 57 Infants and small children must be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system, whi...
- 57 Infants and small children must be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system, whi...
- 57 <TABLE ROW>
- 57 A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints ar...
- 57 A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints ar...
- 57 BabySmart
- 58 Fastening of seat belts
- 58 Fastening of seat belts
- 58 Fastening of seat belts
- 58 <GRAPHIC>
- 58 1 Latch plate
- 58 1 Latch plate
- 58 2 Buckle
- 58 3 Release button
- 58 Pull belt with latch plate(1) across shoulder and lap. Push latch plate(1) into buckle(2) unti...
- 58 To help avoid severe or fatal injuries, the lap belt should be positioned as low as possible on y...
- 58 Do not twist the belt. A twisted seat belt may cause injury.
- 59 <GRAPHIC>
- 59 <GRAPHIC>
- 59 The shoulder portion of the seat belt must be pulled snug and checked for snugness immediately af...
- 59 Operation of seat belts
- 59 Operation of seat belts
- 59 The inertia reel stops the belt from unwinding during sudden vehicle stops or when quickly pullin...
- 59 The locking function of the reel may be checked by quickly pulling out the belt.
- 60 Caution!
- 60 Caution!
- 60 For safety reasons, avoid adjusting the seat or backrest into positions which could affect the co...
- 60 Seat belts:Unfastening
- 60 Seat belts:Unfastening
- 60 Seat belts:Unfastening
- 60 Push the release button (3) in the belt buckle (2).
- 60 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate (1).
- 60 <TABLE>
- 60 <TABLE BODY>
- 60 <TABLE ROW>
- 60 <TABLE ROW>
- 60 Warning!
- 60 Warning!
- 60 USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY.
- 60 USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY.
- 60 <TABLE ROW>
- 60 • Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times, because seat belts help reduce the like...
- 60 • Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times, because seat belts help reduce the like...
- 60 • Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times, because seat belts help reduce the like...
- 60 <TABLE ROW>
- 60 • Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as eyeglasses, pe...
- 60 • Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as eyeglasses, pe...
- 60 • Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as eyeglasses, pe...
- 60 <TABLE ROW>
- 60 • Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen. If the belt i...
- 60 • Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen. If the belt i...
- 60 • Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen. If the belt i...
- 61 <TABLE ROW>
- 61 • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, against you neck or off your shoulder. In a crash,...
- 61 • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, against you neck or off your shoulder. In a crash,...
- 61 • Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, against you neck or off your shoulder. In a crash,...
- 61 <TABLE ROW>
- 61 • Each seat belt must never be used for more than one person at a time. Do not fasten a seat belt...
- 61 • Each seat belt must never be used for more than one person at a time. Do not fasten a seat belt...
- 61 • Each seat belt must never be used for more than one person at a time. Do not fasten a seat belt...
- 61 <TABLE ROW>
- 61 • Belts should not be worn twisted. In a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the belt to m...
- 61 • Belts should not be worn twisted. In a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the belt to m...
- 61 • Belts should not be worn twisted. In a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the belt to m...
- 61 <TABLE ROW>
- 61 • Pregnant women should also use a lap- shoulder belt. The lap belt portion should be positioned ...
- 61 • Pregnant women should also use a lap- shoulder belt. The lap belt portion should be positioned ...
- 61 • Pregnant women should also use a lap- shoulder belt. The lap belt portion should be positioned ...
- 61 <TABLE ROW>
- 61 • Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet on the floo...
- 61 • Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet on the floo...
- 61 • Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet on the floo...
- 61 <TABLE>
- 61 <TABLE BODY>
- 61 <TABLE ROW>
- 61 Warning!
- 61 Warning!
- 61 USE CHILD RESTRAINTS PROPERLY.
- 61 USE CHILD RESTRAINTS PROPERLY.
- 61 Children 12 years old and under must never ride in this vehicle, except in a Mercedes-Benz author...
- 61 <TABLE ROW>
- 61 Infants and small children must be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system, whi...
- 61 Infants and small children must be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system, whi...
- 61 <TABLE ROW>
- 61 A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints ar...
- 61 A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints ar...
- 61 <TABLE ROW>
- 61 Adjust the passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied.
- 61 Adjust the passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied.
- 61 BabySmart
- 62 BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
- 62 BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
- 62 BabySmartTM airbag deactivation system
- 62 Special BabySmart
- 62 <TABLE>
- 62 <TABLE BODY>
- 62 <TABLE ROW>
- 62 Warning!
- 62 Warning!
- 62 The BabySmart
- 62 <TABLE ROW>
- 62 Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat (e.g. pillow), since it reduces the effe...
- 62 Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat (e.g. pillow), since it reduces the effe...
- 62 <TABLE ROW>
- 62 Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation of special child seats.
- 62 Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation of special child seats.
- 62 <TABLE ROW>
- 62 The passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the 7 indicator lamp remains illuminated.
- 62 The passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the
- 62 <TABLE ROW>
- 62 Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat.
- 62 Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat.
- 62 Should the light go out while the restraint is installed, please check installation. If the light...
- 62 Self-test BabySmart
- 62 Self-test BabySmart
- 62 After turning key in steering lock to position 1 or 2, the
- 62 If the indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit, the system is not functioning. Y...
- 62 BabySmart
- 63 Supplemental restraint system (SRS)
- 63 Supplemental restraint system (SRS)
- 63 Supplemental restraint system (SRS)
- 63 Airbags are intended as a supplement to seat belts. Airbags alone cannot protect as well as airba...
- 63 The SRS uses two crash severity levels (thresholds) to activate either the emergency tensioning r...
- 63 Seat belt fastened
- 63 • first threshold exceeded: ETR activates
- 63 • first threshold exceeded: ETR activates
- 63 Seat belt not fastened
- 63 • first threshold exceeded: airbag activates, but not ETR
- 63 • first threshold exceeded: airbag activates, but not ETR
- 63 Driver and passenger systems operate independently of each other.
- 63 Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
- 63 Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
- 63 Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR)
- 63 The seat belts are equipped with emergency tensioning retractors. These tensioning retractors are...
- 63 The emergency tensioning retractors are designed to activate only when the seat belts are fastene...
- 63 In cases of other frontal impacts, rollovers, certain side impacts, rear collisions or other acci...
- 63 For seat belt and emergency tensioning retractor safety guidelines see page
- 64 Airbags
- 64 Airbags
- 64 Airbags
- 64 <GRAPHIC>
- 64 1 Driver airbag
- 64 1 Driver airbag
- 64 2 Passenger front airbag
- 64 3 Side impact airbags
- 64 The most effective occupant restraint system yet developed for use in production vehicles is the ...
- 64 In conjunction with wearing the seat belts, the driver and passenger airbags can provide increase...
- 64 The operational readiness of the airbag system is verified by the indicator lamp "SRS" in the ins...
- 65 The following system components are monitored or undergo a selfcheck: crash-sensor(s), airbag ign...
- 65 Initially, when the key is turned from steering lock position 0 to positions 1 or 2, malfunctions...
- 65 Have the system checked at your authorized MercedesBenz Center immediately.
- 65 <TABLE>
- 65 <TABLE BODY>
- 65 <TABLE ROW>
- 65 Warning!
- 65 Warning!
- 65 In the event a malfunction of the
- 66 Front airbags
- 66 Front airbags
- 66 Front airbags
- 66 The driver and passenger front airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal impacts e...
- 66 The passenger front airbag deploys only if the front passenger seat is occupied, and the
- 66 Note:
- 66 Note:
- 66 Heavy objects on the passenger seat can appear to the
- 66 Side impact airbags
- 66 Side impact airbags
- 66 Side impact airbags
- 66 The side impact airbags are designed to activate only in certain side impacts exceeding a preset ...
- 66 The passenger side impact airbag deploys only if the passenger seat is occupied.
- 66 Side impact airbags operate best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt.
- 66 Note:
- 66 Note:
- 66 Heavy objects on passenger seat can cause the passenger door side impact airbag to deploy in a cr...
- 66 Important!
- 66 Important!
- 66 Airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal (front airbags) impacts, or side (side i...
- 66 Airbags are designed to activate only in certain frontal (front airbags) impacts, or side (side i...
- 66 Only during these types of impacts, if of sufficient severity to meet the deployment thresholds, ...
- 66 Only during these types of impacts, if of sufficient severity to meet the deployment thresholds, ...
- 66 The driver and passenger must always wear their seat belts, otherwise it is not possible for the ...
- 66 The driver and passenger must always wear their seat belts, otherwise it is not possible for the ...
- 67 In cases of other frontal impacts, angled impacts, roll-overs, other side impacts, rear collision...
- 67 In cases of other frontal impacts, angled impacts, roll-overs, other side impacts, rear collision...
- 67 We caution you not to rely on the presence of the airbags in order to avoid wearing your seat belt.
- 67 We caution you not to rely on the presence of the airbags in order to avoid wearing your seat belt.
- 67 Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags which are designed to activate in certain impac...
- 67 Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags which are designed to activate in certain impac...
- 67 <TABLE>
- 67 <TABLE BODY>
- 67 <TABLE ROW>
- 67 <TABLE ROW>
- 67 Warning!
- 67 Warning!
- 67 Airbags are designed to reduce the potential of injury in certain frontal (front airbags) impacts...
- 67 The activation of the
- 67 The service life of the airbags extends to the date indicated on the label located on the drivers...
- 68 <TABLE ROW>
- 68 To reduce the risk of injury when the front airbags inflate, it is very important for the driver ...
- 68 To reduce the risk of injury when the front airbags inflate, it is very important for the driver ...
- 68 For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your ...
- 68 <TABLE ROW>
- 68 For unobstructive inflation of door side impact airbags, keep door pocket lids closed.
- 68 For unobstructive inflation of door side impact airbags, keep door pocket lids closed.
- 68 <TABLE ROW>
- 68 Since the airbag inflates with considerable speed and force, a proper seating and hands on steeri...
- 68 Since the airbag inflates with considerable speed and force, a proper seating and hands on steeri...
- 68 Occupants who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously injured b...
- 68 <TABLE ROW>
- 68 • Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest.
- 68 • Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest.
- 68 • Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest.
- 68 <TABLE ROW>
- 68 • Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward, still permitting proper operation of vehicl...
- 68 • Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward, still permitting proper operation of vehicl...
- 68 • Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward, still permitting proper operation of vehicl...
- 68 <TABLE ROW>
- 68 • Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard.
- 68 • Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard.
- 68 • Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard.
- 68 <TABLE ROW>
- 68 • Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim. Placing hands and arms inside the rim can incr...
- 68 • Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim. Placing hands and arms inside the rim can incr...
- 68 • Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim. Placing hands and arms inside the rim can incr...
- 68 <TABLE ROW>
- 68 • Do not lean against doors.
- 68 • Do not lean against doors.
- 68 • Do not lean against doors.
- 69 <TABLE ROW>
- 69 • Occupants, especially children, should never lean their heads in the area of the door where the...
- 69 • Occupants, especially children, should never lean their heads in the area of the door where the...
- 69 • Occupants, especially children, should never lean their heads in the area of the door where the...
- 69 <TABLE ROW>
- 69 • Adjust the passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occup...
- 69 • Adjust the passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occup...
- 69 • Adjust the passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occup...
- 69 <TABLE ROW>
- 69 • Children 12 years old and under must never ride in this vehicle, except in a Mercedes-Benz auth...
- 69 • Children 12 years old and under must never ride in this vehicle, except in a Mercedes-Benz auth...
- 69 • Children 12 years old and under must never ride in this vehicle, except in a Mercedes-Benz auth...
- 69 <TABLE ROW>
- 69 Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe or fatal injuries to you or other occup...
- 69 Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe or fatal injuries to you or other occup...
- 69 BabySmart
- 70 Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag
- 70 Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag
- 70 Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag
- 70 <TABLE>
- 70 <TABLE BODY>
- 70 <TABLE ROW>
- 70 Warning!
- 70 Warning!
- 70 • Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their...
- 70 • Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their...
- 70 <TABLE ROW>
- 70 • Do not pass belts over sharp edges.
- 70 • Do not pass belts over sharp edges.
- 70 • Do not pass belts over sharp edges.
- 70 <TABLE ROW>
- 70 • Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts.
- 70 • Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts.
- 70 • Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts.
- 70 <TABLE ROW>
- 70 • Airbags and ETR’s are designed to function on a one-time-only basis. An airbag or emergency ten...
- 70 • Airbags and ETR’s are designed to function on a one-time-only basis. An airbag or emergency ten...
- 70 • Airbags and ETR’s are designed to function on a one-time-only basis. An airbag or emergency ten...
- 70 <TABLE ROW>
- 70 • No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the “SRS”. This include...
- 70 • No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the
- 70 • No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the
- 70 <TABLE ROW>
- 70 • An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has inflated. Do...
- 70 • An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has inflated. Do...
- 70 • An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has inflated. Do...
- 70 <TABLE ROW>
- 70 • Improper work on the system, including incorrect installation and removal, can lead to possible...
- 70 • Improper work on the system, including incorrect installation and removal, can lead to possible...
- 70 • Improper work on the system, including incorrect installation and removal, can lead to possible...
- 70 <TABLE ROW>
- 70 • In addition, through improper work there is the risk of rendering the “SRS” inoperative or caus...
- 70 • In addition, through improper work there is the risk of rendering the
- 70 • In addition, through improper work there is the risk of rendering the
- 71 <TABLE ROW>
- 71 • For your protection and the protection of others, when scrapping the airbag unit or emergency t...
- 71 • For your protection and the protection of others, when scrapping the airbag unit or emergency t...
- 71 • For your protection and the protection of others, when scrapping the airbag unit or emergency t...
- 71 <TABLE ROW>
- 71 • Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags, there is the ...
- 71 • Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags, there is the ...
- 71 • Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags, there is the ...
- 71 When you sell the vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner that it is ...
- 71 Infant and child restraint systems
- 71 Infant and child restraint systems
- 71 Infant and child restraint systems
- 71 Use only a BabySmart
- 71 We recommend that all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle ...
- 71 The passenger lap-shoulder belt has a special seat belt retractor for secure fastening of a child...
- 71 To fasten a child restraint follow child restraint instructions for routing. Then pull shoulder b...
- 71 To deactivate, release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely. The seat belt can a...
- 72 Important!
- 72 Important!
- 72 The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50states and all Canadian provin...
- 72 Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system pr...
- 72 When using any infant or child restraint system, be sure to carefully read and follow all manufac...
- 72 Please read and observe warning labels affixed to inside of vehicle and to infant or child restra...
- 72 <TABLE>
- 72 <TABLE BODY>
- 72 <TABLE ROW>
- 73 <TABLE ROW>
- 73 Warning!
- 73 Warning!
- 73 Children 12 years old and under must never ride in this vehicle, except in a Mercedes-Benz author...
- 73 <TABLE ROW>
- 73 Infants and small children must be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system, whi...
- 73 Infants and small children must be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system, whi...
- 73 <TABLE ROW>
- 73 Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant. During an accide...
- 73 Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant. During an accide...
- 73 <TABLE ROW>
- 73 When the child restraint is not in use, remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat bel...
- 73 When the child restraint is not in use, remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat bel...
- 73 BabySmart
- 73 U.S.A. Models only Since 1986 all U.S. child restraints comply with U.S.regulations without the ...
- 74 Adjusting steering column
- 74 Adjusting steering column
- 74 Adjusting steering column
- 74 <GRAPHIC>
- 74 Turn key in steering lock to position 1 or 2 (with either door open, the steering column can be o...
- 74 To extend or retract:
- 74 To extend or retract:
- 74 Move switch (1) in desired direction.
- 74 To raise or lower:
- 74 To raise or lower:
- 74 Move switch (1) in desired direction.
- 74 Storing steering column position in memory
- 74 Storing steering column position in memory
- 74 Storing steering column position in memory
- 74 The steering column position is stored in memory together with the seat/heat restraint/exterior r...
- 75 Rear view mirrors
- 75 Rear view mirrors
- 75 Rear view mirrors
- 75 Inside rear view mirror
- 75 Inside rear view mirror
- 75 Inside rear view mirror
- 75 Manually adjust the mirror.
- 75 Use your inside mirror to determine the size and distance of objects seen in the passenger side c...
- 75 Antiglare night position
- 75 Antiglare night position
- 75 Antiglare night position
- 75 With the key in steering lock position 2, the mirror reflection brightness responds to changes in...
- 75 With gear selector lever in position
- 75 Note:
- 75 Note:
- 75 The automatic antiglare function does not react, if incoming light is not aimed directly at senso...
- 75 <TABLE>
- 75 <TABLE BODY>
- 75 <TABLE ROW>
- 75 Warning!
- 75 Warning!
- 75 In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing when the mirror glass...
- 75 <TABLE ROW>
- 75 Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes, skin, ...
- 75 Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes, skin, ...
- 76 Exterior rear view mirrors
- 76 Exterior rear view mirrors
- 76 Exterior rear view mirrors
- 76 <GRAPHIC>
- 76 The switch is located on the center console.
- 76 Turn key in steering lock to position2.
- 76 First select the mirror to be adjusted - turn switch:
- 76 1 Left mirror
- 76 1 Left mirror
- 76 2 Right mirror
- 76 To adjust, toggle the switch forward, backward or to either side.
- 76 With the key in steering lock position 2, the driver’s side mirror reflection brightness responds...
- 76 With gear selector lever in position
- 76 <TABLE>
- 76 <TABLE BODY>
- 76 <TABLE ROW>
- 76 Warning!
- 76 Warning!
- 76 Exercise care when using the passenger-side mirror. The passenger-side exterior mirror is convex ...
- 76 Notes:
- 76 Notes:
- 76 The exterior mirrors have electrically heated glass. The heater switches on automatically, depend...
- 76 If the mirror housing is forcibly pivoted from its normal position, it must be repositioned by ap...
- 76 <TABLE>
- 76 <TABLE BODY>
- 76 <TABLE ROW>
- 77 <TABLE ROW>
- 77 Warning!
- 77 Warning!
- 77 In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing when the mirror glass...
- 77 <TABLE ROW>
- 77 Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes, skin, ...
- 77 Electrolyte has an irritating effect. Do not allow the liquid come into contact with eyes, skin, ...
- 77 Important!
- 77 Important!
- 77 Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can only be completely remove...
- 77 Storing mirror positions in memory
- 77 Storing mirror positions in memory
- 77 Storing mirror positions in memory
- 77 The exterior rear view mirror positions are stored in memory with the seat/head restraint/steerin...
- 78 Instrument cluster
- 78 Instrument cluster
- 78 Instrument cluster
- 78 <GRAPHIC>
- 79 1 Fuel gauge with reserve and fuel cap placement warning lamp (yellow), see page
- 79 1 Fuel gauge with reserve and fuel cap placement warning lamp (yellow), see page
- 79 2 Coolant temperature gauge, see page
- 79 3 Fuel consumption gauge, see page
- 79 4 Engine oil temperature gauge, see page
- 79 5 Left turn signal indicator lamp (green), see combination switch on page
- 79 6 Knob for intensity of instrument lamps, see page
- 79 7 Speedometer
- 79 8 EPS warning lamp (yellow), see page
- 79 9 Odometer display field, see page
- 79 10 Main/trip odometer, see page
- 79 11 Outside temperature indicator, see page
- 79 12 Right turn signal indicator lamp (green), see combination switch on page
- 79 13 Tachometer, see page
- 79 14 Knob for setting clock, see page
- 79 15 Clock, see page
- 80 Indicator lamps in the instrument cluster
- 80 Indicator lamps in the instrument cluster
- 80 Indicator lamps in the instrument cluster
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Fuel reserve and fuel cap placement warning, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 High beam, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Battery not being charged properly, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Low windshield and headlamp washer system fluid level see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Coolant level low, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Engine oil level low, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Exterior lamp failure indicator lamp, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Roll bar warning lamp, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 ESP warning lamp. Adjust driving to road condition, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 ADS indicator lamp, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 BAS/ESP
- 80 BAS/ESP
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 ABS
- 80 ABS
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Brake pads worn down, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Brake fluid low (except Canada) Parking brake engaged, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Brake fluid low (Canada only) Parking brake engaged, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 SRS malfunction, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 Fasten seat belt, see page
- 80 <GRAPHIC>
- 80 If the lamp comes on when the engine is running, it indicates a malfunction of the fuel managemen...
- 81 Additional function indicator lamps
- 81 Additional function indicator lamps
- 81 Additional function indicator lamps
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 Instrument lamps
- 81 Instrument lamps
- 81 Instrument lamps
- 81 <GRAPHIC>
- 81 1 Adjusting knob
- 81 1 Adjusting knob
- 81 Rotate adjusting knob (1) to vary intensity of instrument lamps.
- 81 Display illumination
- 81 Display illumination
- 81 Display illumination
- 81 Press adjusting knob (1) to briefly illuminate the display (with key removed or in steering lock ...
- 82 Coolant temperature gauge
- 82 Coolant temperature gauge
- 82 Coolant temperature gauge
- 82 During severe operating conditions and stop-and-go city traffic, the coolant temperature may rise...
- 82 The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature in the red zone. Doing so may caus...
- 82 <TABLE>
- 82 <TABLE BODY>
- 82 <TABLE ROW>
- 82 Warning!
- 82 Warning!
- 82 • Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into t...
- 82 • Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into t...
- 82 <TABLE ROW>
- 82 • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engin...
- 82 • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engin...
- 82 • Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engin...
- 82 <TABLE ROW>
- 82 Turn off the engine, get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it cools down.
- 82 Turn off the engine, get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it cools down.
- 82 Outside temperature indicator
- 82 Outside temperature indicator
- 82 Outside temperature indicator
- 82 The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area. Due to its location, the sensor can b...
- 82 Adaptation to ambient temperature takes place in steps and depends on the prevailing driving cond...
- 82 <TABLE>
- 82 <TABLE BODY>
- 82 <TABLE ROW>
- 82 Warning!
- 82 Warning!
- 82 The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an Ice-Warning Device and is theref...
- 83 Trip odometer
- 83 Trip odometer
- 83 Trip odometer
- 83 <GRAPHIC>
- 83 To reset:
- 83 • Press adjusting knob (1) once (with key in steering lock position 2).
- 83 • Press adjusting knob (1) once (with key in steering lock position 2).
- 83 • Press adjusting knob (1) twice (with key removed or in steering lock position 0 or 1).
- 83 Clock
- 83 Clock
- 83 Clock
- 83 Adjusting clock one minute ahead or back:
- 83 Adjusting clock one minute ahead or back:
- 83 Pull out adjustment knob (2), briefly turn to the right respectively left and release knob.
- 83 Adjusting clock more than one minute ahead or back:
- 83 Adjusting clock more than one minute ahead or back:
- 83 Pull out adjustment knob (2), turn to the right respectively left and hold until the desired time...
- 83 Tachometer
- 83 Tachometer
- 83 Tachometer
- 83 The red marking on the tachometer denotes excessive engine speed.
- 83 Avoid this engine speed, as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mer...
- 83 To help protect the engine, the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the r...
- 84 Flexible service system (FSS)
- 84 Flexible service system (FSS)
- 84 Flexible service system (FSS)
- 84 <GRAPHIC>
- 84 The FSS permits a flexible service schedule that is directly related to the operating conditions ...
- 84 The symbol
- 84 Depending on operating conditions throughout the year, the next service is calculated and display...
- 84 The symbols
- 84 9
- 84 9
- 84 9
- 84 Service A
- 84 ´
- 84 ´
- 84 Service B
- 84 The message is displayed for approximately 10seconds when turning the key in steering lock to po...
- 84 Once the suggested term has passed, the message plus symbol
- 84 The FSS display can also be called up for approx. 10seconds with display illuminated by pressing...
- 84 Following a completed A or B service the Mercedes-Benz Center sets the counter to 10 000 miles (C...
- 85 The counter can also be set by any individual. To do so:
- 85 1. Turn key in steering lock to position 2.
- 85 1. Turn key in steering lock to position 2.
- 85 2. Within 4 seconds press button (1) twice.
- 85 3. The present status for days or distance is displayed. Within 10 seconds turn key in steering l...
- 85 4. Press and hold button (1), while turning key in steering lock to position 2 again. The present...
- 85 After approx. 10 seconds a signal sounds, and the display shows 10 000 miles (Canada: 15 000 km) ...
- 85 5. Release button (1).
- 85 If the FSS counter was inadvertently reset, have a Mercedes-Benz Center correct it.
- 85 Note:
- 85 Note:
- 85 When disconnecting vehicle battery for one or more days at a time, such days will not be counted....
- 85 The interval between services is determined by the kind of vehicle operation. For example driving...
- 85 Model SL 500
- 85 Model SL 500
- 85 The FSS allows for distances between 10 000miles (Canada: 15 000 km) and 20 000 miles (Canada: 3...
- 85 Model SL 600
- 85 Model SL 600
- 85 The FSS allows for distances between 10 000miles (Canada: 15 000 km) and 16000 miles (Canada: 2...
- 85 However you choose to set your reference numbers, the scheduled services as posted in the Service...
- 86 Checking engine oil level indicator
- 86 Checking engine oil level indicator
- 86 Checking engine oil level indicator
- 86 <GRAPHIC>
- 86 Turn electronic key in steering lock to position2 and wait until the symbols
- 86 Within 1second press button
- 86 The following messages are available:
- 86 OK
- 86 OK
- 86 OK
- 86 -1.0 Q
- 86 -1.0 Q
- 86 -1.0 Q
- 86 -1.5 Q
- 86 -1.5 Q
- 86 -1.5 Q
- 86 -2.0 Q
- 86 -2.0 Q
- 86 -2.0 Q
- 86 If the message
- 86 HI
- 86 HI
- 86 HI
- 86 The message
- 86 Do not overfill the engine.
- 86 Do not overfill the engine.
- 86 Excessive oil must be drained or siphoned. It could cause damage to engine and catalytic converte...
- 86 The symbol
- 86 The oil level check can be repeated after a short time.
- 86 Perform the oil level check with the dipstick, if it cannot be completed via the odometer display...
- 86 In this case we recommend that you have the system checked at a Mercedes-Benz Center.
- 87 Notes:
- 87 Notes:
- 87 If the symbols
- 87 If no oil leaks are noted continue to drive to the nearest Mercedes-Benz Center to have the syste...
- 87 Observe the engine oil temperature gauge.
- 87 Fuel consumption gauge
- 87 Fuel consumption gauge
- 87 Fuel consumption gauge
- 87 While driving, instantaneous fuel consumption is indicated in miles per gallon (mpg), or in Canad...
- 87 Due to system design, minimum consumption is indicated at idle speed.
- 87 Engine oil temperature gauge
- 87 Engine oil temperature gauge
- 87 Normal operating engine oil temperatures are from 175°F (80°C) to 250°F (120°C).
- 87 During severe operating conditions and stop-and-go traffic, the engine oil temperature may rise c...
- 87 The engine should not be operated with the engine oil temperature in the red zone. Doing so may c...
- 87 When the engine oil temperature is close to the red marking, relieve the load on the engine by de...
- 87 Once the engine oil temperature returns to the normal temperature range, the engine oil level sho...
- 87 Engine oil consumption
- 87 Engine oil consumption
- 87 Engine oil consumption
- 87 Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the break-in period. During the break-in ...
- 88 Exterior lamp switch
- 88 Exterior lamp switch
- 88 Exterior lamp switch
- 88 <GRAPHIC>
- 88 D
- 88 D
- 88 D
- 88 Off
- 88 C
- 88 C
- 88 Parking lamps (also side marker lamps, taillamps, licence plate lamps, instrument panel lamps)
- 88 Canada only: When the engine is running, the low beam is additionally switched on.
- 88 B
- 88 B
- 88 Parking lamps plus low beam or high beam headlamps (combination switch pushed forward).
- 88 ˆ
- 88 ˆ
- 88 Standing lamps, right (turn left one stop)
- 88 ‚
- 88 ‚
- 88 Standing lamps, left (turn left two stops)
- 88 …
- 88 …
- 88 Front fog lamps (pull out one stop) with parking lamps and/or low beam headlamps on. Green indica...
- 88 „
- 88 „
- 88 Rear fog lamp (pull out to second detent) in addition to the front fog lamps. Yellow indicator in...
- 88 Note:
- 88 Note:
- 88 With the key removed and a door open, a warning sounds if the vehicle’s exterior lamps (except st...
- 88 Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and/or the low beam headlamps on. Fog lamps should ...
- 88 Fog lamps are automatically switched off when the exterior lamp switch is turned to position
- 89 Standing lamps
- 89 Standing lamps
- 89 Standing lamps
- 89 When the vehicle is parked on the street the standing lamps (right or left side parking lamps) ca...
- 89 The standing lamps cannot be operated with the key in steering lock position 2.
- 89 Daytime running lamp mode
- 89 Daytime running lamp mode
- 89 When the engine is running and the selector lever is in a driving position, the low beam headlamp...
- 89 When shifting from a driving position to position
- 89 For nighttime driving the exterior lamp switch should be turned to position
- 89 Night security illumination
- 89 Night security illumination
- 89 When exiting the vehicle after driving with the exterior lamps on, they switch on again for added...
- 90 Combination switch
- 90 Combination switch
- 90 Combination switch
- 90 <GRAPHIC>
- 90 1 Low beam (exterior lamp switch position
- 90 1 Low beam (exterior lamp switch position
- 90 2 High beam (exterior lamp switch position
- 90 3 High beam flasher (high beam available independent of exterior lamp switch position)
- 90 4 Turn signals, right
- 90 5 Turn signals, left
- 90 To signal minor directional changes, such as changing lanes on a highway, move combination switch...
- 90 To operate the turn signals continuously, move the combination switch past the point of resistanc...
- 90 Turn signal failure
- 90 Turn signal failure
- 90 P54.25-2213-26
- 90 P54.25-2213-26
- 91 <GRAPHIC>
- 91 <GRAPHIC>
- 91 <GRAPHIC>
- 91 One wipe without washer water (select only if windshield is wet).
- 91 Headlamp cleaning system
- 91 Headlamp cleaning system
- 91 7 Windshield wiper
- 91 0
- 91 0
- 91 0
- 91 Wiper off
- 91 I
- 91 Intermittent wiping
- 91 Rain sensor
- 91 Rain sensor
- 91 Notes:
- 91 With switch in this position, one wipe occurs when turning the key in steering lock from position 0.
- 91 Do not leave in intermittent setting when vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during win...
- 91 II
- 91 Normal wiper speed
- 91 III
- 91 Fast wiper speed
- 91 Note:
- 91 Note:
- 91 The windshield washer reservoir, hoses and nozzles are automatically heated.
- 92 Blocked windshield wiper
- 92 Blocked windshield wiper
- 92 Blocked windshield wiper
- 92 If the windshield wiper becomes blocked (for example, due to snow), switch off the wiper.
- 92 For safety reasons before removing ice or snow, remove key from steering lock. Remove blockage.
- 92 Activate combination switch again (key in steering lock position1).
- 92 Windshield wiper smears
- 92 Windshield wiper smears
- 92 Windshield wiper smears
- 92 If the windshield wiper smears the windshield, even during rain, activate the washer system as of...
- 92 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
- 92 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
- 92 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
- 92 For temperatures above freezing:
- 92 MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
- 92 1part
- 92 (40ml
- 92 For temperature below freezing:
- 92 MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
- 92 1part
- 92 (40ml
- 93 Hazard warning flasher switch
- 93 Hazard warning flasher switch
- 93 Hazard warning flasher switch
- 93 <GRAPHIC>
- 93 The hazard warning flasher can be activated manually via the switch located in the dashboard.
- 93 To activate hazard warning flasher, press switch once. To deactivate, press switch again.
- 93 Note:
- 93 Note:
- 93 With the hazard warning flasher activated, and the combination switch in position for either left...
- 94 Automatic climate control
- 94 Automatic climate control
- 94 Automatic climate control
- 94 <GRAPHIC>
- 95 1 Air volume control for left air outlet, turn left to open.
- 95 1 Air volume control for left air outlet, turn left to open.
- 95 2 Air volume control for center air outlets, turn left to open.
- 95 3 Air volume control for right air outlet, turn left to open.
- 95 4 Center air outlets, adjustable
- 95 5 Side air outlet, left and right, adjustable
- 95 Push-buttons for center air outlets
- 95 Push-buttons for center air outlets
- 95 6 Heated air supply
- 95 6 Heated air supply
- 95 7 Non-heated/cooled air supply
- 95 Basic mode: None of the push-buttons (6 or 7) is pressed.
- 95 8 Display and controls, see page
- 95 The system is always at operational readiness, except when manually switched off.
- 95 The automatic climate control only operates with the engine running.
- 95 The temperature selector should be left at the desired temperature setting. The temperature selec...
- 95 The system will not heat or cool any quicker by setting a higher or lower temperature.
- 95 The automatic climate control removes considerable moisture from the air during operation in the ...
- 95 Important!
- 95 Important!
- 95 This vehicle is equipped with an air conditioner system that uses R-134a (HFC: hydrofluorocarbon)...
- 96 Display and controls
- 96 Display and controls
- 96 Display and controls
- 96 <GRAPHIC>
- 96 Press the desired button to activate, indicator lamp is on while activated.
- 96 U
- 96 U
- 96 U
- 96 Automatic mode
- 96 f
- 96 f
- 96 Raise temperature
- 96 g
- 96 g
- 96 Lower temperature
- 96 P
- 96 P
- 96 Defrost
- 96 O
- 96 O
- 96 Air recirculation
- 96 F
- 96 F
- 96 Rear window defroster
- 96 b
- 96 b
- 96 Air distribution, manual
- 96 S
- 96 S
- 96 Economy mode
- 96 ï
- 96 ï
- 96 Air volume, manual
- 96 T
- 96 T
- 96 Residual engine heat utilization
- 97 Basic setting - automatic mode
- 97 Basic setting - automatic mode
- 97 Press
- 97 Simultaneously press both
- 97 <GRAPHIC>
- 97 Air volume and distribution are controlled automatically.
- 97 This setting can be used all year around.
- 97 Economy
- 97 Economy
- 97 Economy
- 97 The function of this setting corresponds to the automatic mode. However, because the air conditio...
- 97 Press
- 97 Press
- 98 Special settings
- 98 Special settings
- 98 Special settings
- 98 Defogging windows
- 98 Defogging windows
- 98 Switch off
- 98 Press
- 98 Press
- 98 <GRAPHIC>
- 98 Turn wheels (1 and 3) left to open left and right side air outlets (5).
- 98 Automatic climate control:Defrosting
- 98 Automatic climate control:Defrosting
- 98 Defrosting
- 98 Turn wheels (1 and 3) left to open left and right side air outlets (5).
- 98 Press
- 98 <GRAPHIC>
- 98 Press
- 99 Rear window defroster
- 99 Rear window defroster
- 99 Turn electronic key in steering lock to position2.
- 99 To select, press
- 99 To cancel, press
- 99 Note:
- 99 Note:
- 99 Heavy accumulation of snow and ice should be removed before activating the defroster.
- 99 The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power. To keep the battery drain to a minimum, t...
- 99 The defroster is automatically turned off after a maximum of 12minutes of operation.
- 99 If several power consumers are turned on simultaneously, or the battery is only partially charged...
- 99 As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage, the defroster automatically turns itself back on.
- 99 Air distribution
- 99 Air distribution
- 99 Automatic climate control:Air distribution
- 99 <GRAPHIC>
- 99 Press
- 99 Air volume
- 99 Air volume
- 99 Automatic climate control:Air volume
- 99 Press
- 99 To switch the automatic climate control off, press
- 99 <GRAPHIC>
- 99 The fresh air supply to the car interior is shut off.
- 99 While driving, use this setting only temporarily, otherwise the windshield could fog up.
- 99 To switch the automatic climate control on again, press
- 100 Air recirculation
- 100 Air recirculation
- 100 Automatic climate control:Air recirculation
- 100 This mode can be selected to temporarily reduce the entry of annoying odors or dust into the vehi...
- 100 Outside air is not supplied to the car’s interior.
- 100 To select, press
- 100 To cancel, press
- 100 The system will automatically switch from recirculated air to fresh air
- 100 • after approx. 5minutes at outside temperatures below approx.40
- 100 • after approx. 5minutes at outside temperatures below approx.40
- 100 • after approx. 30minutes, at outside temperatures above approx.40
- 100 • after approx. 5minutes, if button
- 100 Notes:
- 100 Notes:
- 100 If the windows should fog up from the inside, switch from recirculated air back to fresh air.
- 100 At high outside temperatures, the system automatically engages the recirculated air mode thereby ...
- 100 Residual engine heat utilization
- 100 Residual engine heat utilization
- 100 Automatic climate control:Residual engine heat utilization
- 100 With the engine switched off, it is possible to continue heating the interior for a short while.
- 100 Air volume and distribution are controlled automatically.
- 100 To select:
- 100 Turn electronic key in steering lock to position1 or0 or remove electronic key.
- 100 Press
- 100 This function selection will not activate if the battery charge level is insufficient.
- 100 To cancel:
- 100 Press
- 100 The system will automatically shut off
- 100 • If you turn electronic key in steering lock to position2,
- 100 • If you turn electronic key in steering lock to position2,
- 100 • after approx. 30minutes,
- 100 • if the battery voltage drops.
- 101 Dust filter
- 101 Dust filter
- 101 Automatic climate control:Dust filter
- 101 Nearly all dust particles and pollen are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger com...
- 101 Notes:
- 101 Notes:
- 101 Do not obstruct the air flow by placing objects on the air flow through exhaust slots below the r...
- 101 Also keep the air intake grille in front of windshield free of snow and debris.
- 102 Audio and telephone, operation
- 102 Audio and telephone, operation
- 102 Audio and telephone, operation
- 102 These instructions are intended to help you become acquainted with your Mercedes-Benz vehicle rad...
- 102 <TABLE>
- 102 <TABLE BODY>
- 102 <TABLE ROW>
- 102 Warning! In order to avoid distraction which could lead to an accident, system settings should be...
- 102 Warning! In order to avoid distraction which could lead to an accident, system settings should be...
- 102 <TABLE ROW>
- 102 Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your vehicle is covering a d...
- 102 Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your vehicle is covering a d...
- 102 The right to correct errors and make technical amendments is reserved.
- 102 Operating safety
- 102 Operating safety
- 102 Operating safety
- 102 <TABLE>
- 102 <TABLE BODY>
- 102 <TABLE ROW>
- 102 Warning! Any alternations made to electronic components can cause malfunctions
- 102 Warning! Any alternations made to electronic components can cause malfunctions
- 102 <TABLE ROW>
- 102 The radio, cassette deck, CD changer1 and telephone1 are interconnected. Therefore, when one of...
- 102 The radio, cassette deck, CD changer
- 102 <TABLE ROW>
- 102 These malfunctions might seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle.
- 102 These malfunctions might seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle.
- 102 <TABLE ROW>
- 102 We recommend that you have any service work or alternations on electronic components done in an a...
- 102 We recommend that you have any service work or alternations on electronic components done in an a...
- 102 1 Optional equipment
- 102 Dolby and the double-D symbol
- 103 Operating and display elements
- 103 Operating and display elements
- 103 Operating and display elements
- 103 <GRAPHIC>
- 103 1 On/off, volume
- 103 1 On/off, volume
- 103 2 Telephone mode selector
- 103 3 Seek
- 103 4 Radio mode selector
- 103 5 Tune
- 103 6 CD mode selector
- 103 7 Display panel
- 103 8 Alpha-numeric keypad for station storage and frequency entry
- 103 9 Function button
- 104 10 Soft keys for radio band selection
- 104 11 Tape mode selector
- 104 Anti-theft system
- 104 Anti-theft system
- 104 Anti-theft system
- 104 <GRAPHIC>
- 104 <GRAPHIC>
- 104 <GRAPHIC>
- 104 <GRAPHIC>
- 104 Important!
- 104 Important!
- 104 Never leave the Radio code card in the vehicle. Keep it in a safe place.
- 105 Entering the code number
- 105 Entering the code number
- 105 Entering the code number
- 105 Switch on the radio.
- 105 If an incorrect code has been entered and confirmed,
- 105 <GRAPHIC>
- 105 <GRAPHIC>
- 105 Note:
- 105 Note:
- 105 The lock out time will only count down if the radio is left switched on.
- 105 Button and soft key operation
- 105 Button and soft key operation
- 105 Button and soft key operation
- 105 In these instructions, the alpha-numeric keypad (right side of radio face) and the function butto...
- 105 Note:
- 105 Note:
- 105 Do not press directly on the radio display face.
- 106 Operation
- 106 Operation
- 106 Operation
- 106 Switching on and off
- 106 Switching on and off
- 106 Switching on and off
- 106 Press the control knob
- 106 The radio is switched off when the ignition key is turned to position 0 or removed from the ignit...
- 106 Note:
- 106 Note:
- 106 The radio can also be switched on even if the ignition key is not inserted, but will switch itsel...
- 106 Adjusting the volume
- 106 Adjusting the volume
- 106 Adjusting the volume
- 106 Turn the control knob - Turning the knob clockwise will increase the volume, counterclockwise wil...
- 106 Audio functions
- 106 Audio functions
- 106 Audio functions
- 106 The AUD key is used to select the BASS, TREBLE and BALANCE functions. Settings for bass and trebl...
- 106 Bass
- 106 Bass
- 106 Bass
- 106 <GRAPHIC>
- 106 <GRAPHIC>
- 106 Treble
- 106 Treble
- 106 Treble
- 106 <GRAPHIC>
- 106 <GRAPHIC>
- 106 Press the
- 107 Balance
- 107 Balance
- 107 Balance
- 107 <GRAPHIC>
- 107 <GRAPHIC>
- 107 Press the
- 107 Centering all audio functions
- 107 Centering all audio functions
- 107 Centering all audio functions
- 107 <GRAPHIC>
- 107 <GRAPHIC>
- 108 Radio mode
- 108 Radio mode
- 108 Radio mode
- 108 Selecting radio mode
- 108 Selecting radio mode
- 108 Selecting radio mode
- 108 Press
- 108 Selecting the band
- 108 Selecting the band
- 108 Selecting the band
- 108 <GRAPHIC>
- 108 <GRAPHIC>
- 108 <GRAPHIC>
- 108 <TABLE>
- 108 <TABLE>
- 108 <TABLE BODY>
- 108 <TABLE ROW>
- 108 Frequency ranges:
- 108 FM
- 108 87.9 - 107.9 MHz
- 108 <TABLE ROW>
- 108 AM
- 108 530 - 1710 kHz
- 108 <TABLE ROW>
- 108 WB
- 108 approx. 162 MHz
- 108 Manual tuning
- 108 Manual tuning
- 108 Manual tuning
- 108 <GRAPHIC>
- 108 <GRAPHIC>
- 108 The first three tuning steps will take place without muting. The radio will then be muted and hig...
- 108 Seek tuning
- 108 Seek tuning
- 108 Seek tuning
- 108 Press either the
- 109 Scan tuning
- 109 Scan tuning
- 109 Scan tuning
- 109 <GRAPHIC>
- 109 <GRAPHIC>
- 109 Station memory
- 109 Station memory
- 109 Station memory
- 109 <GRAPHIC>
- 109 <GRAPHIC>
- 109 Storing stations
- 109 Storing stations
- 109 Storing stations
- 109 Hold the number button down for approximately 2seconds. The currently displayed frequency is sto...
- 109 Retrieving a station from memory
- 109 Retrieving a station from memory
- 109 Retrieving a station from memory
- 109 Press the desired station button.
- 109 Direct frequency input AM and FM only
- 109 Direct frequency input AM and FM only
- 109 Direct frequency input AM and FM only
- 109 <GRAPHIC>
- 109 <GRAPHIC>
- 110 Cassette mode
- 110 Cassette mode
- 110 Playing cassettes
- 110 Playing cassettes
- 110 Playing cassettes
- 110 Press the
- 110 Note:
- 110 Note:
- 110 Do not press directly on the radio display face.
- 110 Return the display panel to its normal position by folding it back up and pressing gently on the ...
- 110 Important:
- 110 Important:
- 110 If the display is in the down position for more than 20seconds, 2successive beeps will be heard...
- 110 <GRAPHIC>
- 110 <GRAPHIC>
- 110 The cassette will not be ejected when the radio is switched off or another mode is selected.
- 110 <GRAPHIC>
- 110 <GRAPHIC>
- 111 Cassette eject
- 111 Cassette eject
- 111 Cassette eject
- 111 Press the eject (EJ) key. The display will fold down and the cassette will be ejected. Remove the...
- 111 Note:
- 111 Note:
- 111 The cassette will not be ejected when the radio is switched off.
- 111 Important:
- 111 Important:
- 111 If the display is in the down position for more than 20seconds, 2successive beeps will be heard...
- 111 Track selection
- 111 Track selection
- 111 Track selection
- 111 <GRAPHIC>
- 111 <GRAPHIC>
- 111 Track search forwards/backwards
- 111 Track search forwards/backwards
- 111 Track search forwards/backwards
- 111 <GRAPHIC>
- 111 <GRAPHIC>
- 111 <GRAPHIC>
- 111 <GRAPHIC>
- 111 Note:
- 111 Note:
- 111 The beginning of a track can only be located if there is a break of at least 4seconds between tr...
- 112 Fast forward/reverse
- 112 Fast forward/reverse
- 112 Fast forward/reverse
- 112 <GRAPHIC>
- 112 <GRAPHIC>
- 112 <GRAPHIC>
- 112 <GRAPHIC>
- 112 Fast forward/reverse is stopped by pressing the same button again, or it will stop automatically ...
- 112 Scanning
- 112 Scanning
- 112 Scanning
- 112 <GRAPHIC>
- 112 <GRAPHIC>
- 112 Note:
- 112 Note:
- 112 The beginning of a track can only be located if there is a break of at least 4seconds between tr...
- 112 Scan will be interrupted if the
- 112 DolbyNR
- 112 DolbyNR
- 112 <GRAPHIC>
- 112 <GRAPHIC>
- 113 CD mode
- 113 CD mode
- 113 General notes on CD mode
- 113 General notes on CD mode
- 113 General notes on CD mode
- 113 Should excessive temperatures occur while in CD mode,
- 113 Should temperatures occur while in CD mode which are too low,
- 113 Handle CDs carefully to prevent interference during playback.
- 113 Avoid fingerprints and dust on CDs. Do not write on the CDs or apply any label to the CDs.
- 113 Clean CDs from time to time with a commercially available cleaning cloth. No solvents, anti-stati...
- 113 Replace the CD in its container after use. Protect CDs from heat and direct sunlight.
- 113 <TABLE>
- 113 <TABLE BODY>
- 113 <TABLE ROW>
- 113 Warning! The CD changer1 is a Class 1 laser product. There is a danger of invisible laser radiat...
- 113 Warning! The CD changer
- 113 <TABLE ROW>
- 113 Do not remove the cover. The CD changer1 does not contain any parts which can be serviced by the...
- 113 Do not remove the cover. The CD changer
- 113 1 Optional equipment
- 113 1 Optional equipment
- 114 CD changer installed
- 114 CD changer installed
- 114 <GRAPHIC>
- 114 1 CD changer
- 114 1 CD changer
- 114 2 CD magazine
- 114 3 CD tray
- 114 4 CD
- 114 If a CD changer
- 114 Loading/emptying the CD magazine
- 114 Loading/emptying the CD magazine
- 114 Loading/emptying the CD magazine
- 114 Audio system:CD changer
- 114 Slide the changer door to the right and press the eject button
- 114 Important!
- 114 Important!
- 114 Close the door after the magazine has been inserted.
- 114 Playing CDs
- 114 Playing CDs
- 114 Playing CDs
- 114 Press the CD button. The CD most recently played will start at the point where it was last switch...
- 114 <GRAPHIC>
- 114 <GRAPHIC>
- 115 <GRAPHIC>
- 115 <GRAPHIC>
- 115 Skipping tracks forwards/backwards
- 115 Skipping tracks forwards/backwards
- 115 Skipping tracks forwards/backwards
- 115 Press the
- 115 Press the
- 115 Fast forward/reverse
- 115 Fast forward/reverse
- 115 Fast forward/reverse
- 115 Press the
- 115 Press the
- 115 <GRAPHIC>
- 115 <GRAPHIC>
- 115 Scanning
- 115 Scanning
- 115 Scanning
- 115 Press the SC key. Each track will be played for 8 seconds in ascending order. The search will sto...
- 116 Random play/repeat function
- 116 Random play/repeat function
- 116 Random play/repeat function
- 116 The tracks of the current CD are played in random order when the random feature (RDM) is selected...
- 116 <GRAPHIC>
- 116 <GRAPHIC>
- 116 Note:
- 116 Note:
- 116 Both functions cannot be used simultaneously.
- 116 Direct track selection
- 116 Direct track selection
- 116 Direct track selection
- 116 Tracks can be selected directly using the buttons on the alpha-numeric keypad. Press the
- 117 Telephone operation
- 117 Telephone operation
- 117 Various functions of the Mercedes-Benz integrated cellular telephone
- 117 Switching the telephone on and off
- 117 Switching the telephone on and off
- 117 Switching the telephone on and off
- 117 <GRAPHIC>
- 117 <GRAPHIC>
- 117 Switching off: Press and hold the
- 117 1 Optional equipment
- 117 Entering telephone number and starting dialing process
- 117 Entering telephone number and starting dialing process
- 117 Entering telephone number and starting dialing process
- 117 <GRAPHIC>
- 117 <GRAPHIC>
- 117 <GRAPHIC>
- 117 <GRAPHIC>
- 117 Press the CLR key longer - and the complete number will be deleted.
- 117 Calling up the phone book
- 117 Calling up the phone book
- 117 Calling up the phone book
- 117 The numbers stored in the telephone memory can be called up via either name or number entries. Th...
- 118 Switching between name search and number search
- 118 Switching between name search and number search
- 118 Switching between name search and number search
- 118 Press ABC key - Name search
- 118 Press NUM key - Number search
- 118 Searching and selecting phone book entries by name
- 118 Searching and selecting phone book entries by name
- 118 Press the ABC key. The current name is shown on the display. The stored entries in alphabetical o...
- 118 Searching and selecting phone book entries by number
- 118 Searching and selecting phone book entries by number
- 118 Searching and selecting phone book entries by number
- 118 Press the NUM key. The current number is shown on the display. The stored entries can be selected...
- 118 Placing a call
- 118 Placing a call
- 118 Placing a call
- 118 <GRAPHIC>
- 118 <GRAPHIC>
- 118 Manual repeat dialing (redial)
- 118 Manual repeat dialing (redial)
- 118 Manual repeat dialing (redial)
- 118 The last number entered can be re-selected by pressing the SND key once and the call can be place...
- 118 <GRAPHIC>
- 118 <GRAPHIC>
- 119 Accepting incoming call in telephone mode
- 119 Accepting incoming call in telephone mode
- 119 Accepting incoming call in telephone mode
- 119 With an incoming call, the ringing tone will be heard and the message
- 119 Accepting incoming call in tape, CD or radio mode
- 119 Accepting incoming call in tape, CD or radio mode
- 119 Accepting incoming call in tape, CD or radio mode
- 119 If the telephone is activated in the background (telephone symbol in the display), then a switch ...
- 119 Terminating call
- 119 Terminating call
- 119 Terminating call
- 119 A current call can be terminated by pressing the END button.
- 119 Component malfunctions
- 119 Component malfunctions
- 119 Component malfunctions
- 119 The radio, CD changer
- 119 1 Optional equipment
- 119 1 Optional equipment
- 120 Power windows
- 120 Power windows
- 120 Power windows
- 120 <GRAPHIC>
- 120 Power window switches located on center console
- 120 Turn key in steering lock to position 1 or 2.
- 120 Press switch in to resistance point:
- 120 k
- 120 k
- 120 k
- 120 to open
- 120 j
- 120 j
- 120 to close
- 120 Release switch when window is in desired position.
- 121 Express opening of door windows
- 121 Express opening of door windows
- 121 Express opening of door windows
- 121 Press switch
- 121 Note:
- 121 Note:
- 121 The power windows can also be closed with the key or infrared remote control while locking the ve...
- 121 Important!
- 121 Important!
- 121 Do not close a door with the windows fully closed while the power supply is interrupted (battery ...
- 121 The power windows should first be resynchronized.
- 121 After a power interruption, first synchronize the windows to enable activation of the soft top.
- 121 Synchronizing power windows
- 121 Synchronizing power windows
- 121 When opening a door after the power supply was interrupted (battery disconnected or low), the win...
- 121 Press
- 121 The automatic full opening procedure of the windows should now be restored.
- 122 Roll bar
- 122 Roll bar
- 122 <GRAPHIC>
- 122 The switch is located in the center console.
- 122 Turn key in steering lock to position2.
- 122 Press switch
- 122 Upper half = to raise
- 122 Lower half = to lower
- 122 The lowering or raising procedure is immediately interrupted by releasing the roll bar switch.
- 122 If the roll bar was raised using the switch, it will be automatically lowered when activating the...
- 122 The roll bar will be automatically raised in an accident or in a potentially dangerous driving si...
- 122 The roll bar can be lowered again after an automatic deployment by pressing the upper half of the...
- 122 <TABLE>
- 122 <TABLE>
- 122 <TABLE BODY>
- 122 <TABLE ROW>
- 123 <TABLE ROW>
- 123 Warning
- 123 Warning
- 123 This vehicle is a two occupant vehicle. The rear storage area should never be used by any persons...
- 123 <TABLE ROW>
- 123 Before operating the roll bar switch make sure that the roll bar’s path is clear and no persons d...
- 123 Before operating the roll bar switch make sure that the roll bar’s path is clear and no persons d...
- 123 <TABLE ROW>
- 123 For your own safety we recommend to drive with the roll bar raised, if
- 123 For your own safety we recommend to drive with the roll bar raised, if
- 123 <TABLE ROW>
- 123 • the outside temperature is below +5°F (-15°C)
- 123 • the outside temperature is below +5
- 123 • the outside temperature is below +5
- 123 • the soft top is closed and pets are placed in the rear storage area.
- 123 Items being transported in the area behind the seats should be placed in such a manner as not to ...
- 123 Note:
- 123 Note:
- 123 If the indicator lamps in the switch are blinking or if the warning lamp in the instrument cluste...
- 123 In this case, drive only with the roll bar raised until the problem has been corrected. Raise the...
- 123 Have the system checked at your authorized MercedesBenz Center as soon as possible.
- 123 Important!
- 123 Important!
- 123 The roll bar is intended to be a safety enhancement to the other features designed into the vehic...
- 124 Interior lighting
- 124 Interior lighting
- 124 Interior lighting
- 124 <GRAPHIC>
- 124 Interior lamps
- 124 Interior lamps
- 124 Interior lamps
- 124 The switches are located above the inside rear view mirror.
- 124 1 Interior lamps are switched on, and off (soft fade) delayed, when unlocking or locking the vehi...
- 124 1 Interior lamps are switched on, and off (soft fade) delayed, when unlocking or locking the vehi...
- 124 2 Interior lamps switched off
- 124 3 Interior lamps switched on continuously
- 124 Reading lamps
- 124 Reading lamps
- 124 Reading lamps
- 124 4 Left reading lamp switched on
- 124 4 Left reading lamp switched on
- 124 5 Reading lamps switched off
- 124 6 Right reading lamp switched on
- 124 Entrance lamps in footwells, exit lamps in doors
- 124 Entrance lamps in footwells, exit lamps in doors
- 124 Entrance lamps in footwells, exit lamps in doors
- 124 These lamps are switched on and off by the door contact switches.
- 124 Note:
- 124 Note:
- 124 To prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged, do not leave doors open for a long period o...
- 125 Sunshade, manual
- 125 Sunshade, manual
- 125 Sunshade, manual
- 125 <GRAPHIC>
- 125 To close:
- 125 To close:
- 125 Slide handle of sunshade along Panorama roof and engage in lock.
- 125 To open:
- 125 To open:
- 125 Disengage handle from lock, and guide sunshade until fully retracted. Do not let the sunshade sna...
- 125 <TABLE>
- 125 <TABLE BODY>
- 125 <TABLE ROW>
- 125 <TABLE ROW>
- 125 Warning
- 125 Warning
- 125 Do not operate the sunshade while driving. Adjusting the sunshade while driving could cause the d...
- 126 Power sunshade
- 126 Power sunshade
- 126 Power sunshade
- 126 <GRAPHIC>
- 126 The switch is located above the inside rear view mirror.
- 126 Turn key in steering lock to position2.
- 126 1 Press and hold to close.
- 126 1 Press and hold to close.
- 126 2 Press and hold to open.
- 126 <TABLE>
- 126 <TABLE>
- 126 <TABLE BODY>
- 126 <TABLE ROW>
- 126 <TABLE ROW>
- 126 Warning
- 126 Warning
- 126 Do not operate the sunshade while driving. Adjusting the sunshade while driving could cause the d...
- 126 <TABLE ROW>
- 126 In case the procedure causes potential danger, the procedure can be immediately halted by releasi...
- 126 In case the procedure causes potential danger, the procedure can be immediately halted by releasi...
- 127 Sun visors
- 127 Sun visors
- 127 Sun visors
- 127 <GRAPHIC>
- 127 Swing sun visors down to protect against sun glare.
- 127 If sunlight enters through a side window, disengage visor from inner mounting (1) and pivot to th...
- 127 Illuminated vanity mirror
- 127 Illuminated vanity mirror
- 127 Illuminated vanity mirror
- 127 <GRAPHIC>
- 127 With the visor engaged in its inner mounting (1), the lamp can be switched on by opening the cove...
- 127 <TABLE>
- 127 <TABLE BODY>
- 127 <TABLE ROW>
- 127 Warning!
- 127 Warning!
- 127 Do not use the driver’s vanity mirror while driving.
- 128 Interior
- 128 Interior
- 128 Interior
- 128 <TABLE>
- 128 <TABLE BODY>
- 128 <TABLE ROW>
- 128 Warning!
- 128 Warning!
- 128 To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver, exercise care when stowing t...
- 128 <TABLE ROW>
- 128 Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects.
- 128 Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects.
- 128 Storage compartment (eyeglasses compartment) in the dashboard
- 128 Storage compartment (eyeglasses compartment) in the dashboard
- 128 Storage compartment (eyeglasses compartment) in the dashboard
- 128 <GRAPHIC>
- 128 1 Storage compartment (eyeglasses compartment)
- 128 1 Storage compartment (eyeglasses compartment)
- 128 2 Button for storage compartment
- 128 3 Lock
- 129 Opening compartment (1):
- 129 Opening compartment (1):
- 129 Press button (2).
- 129 Locking:
- 129 Locking:
- 129 Turn master key in lock (3) to the right and remove.
- 129 Unlocking:
- 129 Unlocking:
- 129 Turn master key back to vertical position.
- 129 Caution!
- 129 Caution!
- 129 Keep compartment lids closed. This will prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuri...
- 129 Note:
- 129 Note:
- 129 The storage compartments may be locked and unlocked by using the master key in lock (3).
- 129 Interior central locking system
- 129 Interior central locking system
- 129 Interior central locking system
- 129 <GRAPHIC>
- 129 1 Initial position (integrated with vehicle central locking system)
- 129 1 Initial position (integrated with vehicle central locking system)
- 129 2 Separate locking of storage compartments
- 129 3 Emergency operation
- 130 The following storage compartments are part of the interior central locking system:
- 130 • eyeglasses compartment in the dashboard
- 130 • eyeglasses compartment in the dashboard
- 130 • console storage compartments,
- 130 • rear storage compartments.
- 130 Integration with vehicle central locking system
- 130 Integration with vehicle central locking system
- 130 Integration with vehicle central locking system
- 130 When locking or unlocking the vehicle from the outside by using the master key, the interior stor...
- 130 Separate locking of storage compartments
- 130 Separate locking of storage compartments
- 130 Separate locking of storage compartments
- 130 Locking:
- 130 Turn master key to position 2 and remove from lock. The storage compartments remain locked- even ...
- 130 Unlocking:
- 130 Turn master key to position 1 and remove from lock.
- 130 If the vehicle was locked from the outside, the storage compartments remain in the locked mode un...
- 130 Note:
- 130 If the interior storage compartments are to remain locked (for example while in a repair shop), l...
- 130 When unlocking a door from the inside, on a vehicle previously locked from the outside, the stora...
- 130 In case of a malfunction the eyeglasses compartment can still be opened. To do so, turn the maste...
- 131 Armrest
- 131 Armrest
- 131 <GRAPHIC>
- 131 To adjust:
- 131 Press button (1) and slide armrest forward or backward.
- 131 Console storage compartments
- 131 Console storage compartments
- 131 Console storage compartments
- 131 <GRAPHIC>
- 131 To open front compartment:
- 131 To open front compartment:
- 131 Slide cover (1) back.
- 131 Opening rear compartment:
- 131 Opening rear compartment:
- 131 Press button (2).
- 131 The compartments can be locked and unlocked with the central locking system.
- 132 Cup holder
- 132 Cup holder
- 132 Cup holder
- 132 <GRAPHIC>
- 132 To open compartment:
- 132 To open compartment:
- 132 Slide cover (1) back.
- 132 To open cup holder (2):
- 132 To open cup holder (2):
- 132 Lift handle in direction of arrow.
- 132 To close cup holder (3):
- 132 To close cup holder (3):
- 132 Lift handle in direction of arrow.
- 132 <TABLE>
- 132 <TABLE BODY>
- 132 <TABLE ROW>
- 132 <TABLE ROW>
- 132 Warning!
- 132 Warning!
- 132 Keep cup holder closed while traveling. Place only containers that fit into the cup holder to pre...
- 132 <TABLE ROW>
- 132 Do not fill containers to a height where the contents could spill during vehicle maneuvers, espec...
- 132 Do not fill containers to a height where the contents could spill during vehicle maneuvers, espec...
- 132 Parcel net in passenger footwell
- 132 Parcel net in passenger footwell
- 132 Parcel net in passenger footwell
- 132 A small convenience parcel net is located in the passenger footwell. It is for small and light it...
- 132 <TABLE>
- 132 <TABLE BODY>
- 132 <TABLE ROW>
- 132 Warning!
- 132 Warning!
- 132 Do not place heavy or fragile objects, or objects having sharp edges, in the parcel net.
- 132 <TABLE ROW>
- 132 In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, they could be thrown around inside the v...
- 132 In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, they could be thrown around inside the v...
- 133 Door pockets
- 133 Door pockets
- 133 Door pockets
- 133 <GRAPHIC>
- 133 To open:
- 133 To open:
- 133 Lift cover.
- 133 Rear storage compartment
- 133 Rear storage compartment
- 133 Rear storage compartment
- 133 <GRAPHIC>
- 133 To open compartment:
- 133 To open compartment:
- 133 Press button (1) and lift cover.
- 133 Caution!
- 133 Caution!
- 133 Keep compartment lids closed. This will prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuri...
- 134 Ashtray with lighter
- 134 Ashtray with lighter
- 134 Ashtray with lighter
- 134 <GRAPHIC>
- 134 Ashtray in center console
- 134 By touching the bottom of the cover lightly, the ashtray opens automatically.
- 134 Prior to removing the ashtray insert, move the gear selector lever to position
- 134 <TABLE>
- 134 <TABLE BODY>
- 134 <TABLE ROW>
- 134 <TABLE ROW>
- 134 Warning!
- 134 Warning!
- 134 Remove front ashtray only with vehicle standing still. With the gear selector lever in position
- 134 To remove ashtray:
- 134 To remove ashtray:
- 134 Push sliding knob (1) toward the right to eject the insert.
- 134 To install ashtray:
- 134 To install ashtray:
- 134 Install insert into ashtray frame and push down to engage.
- 135 Lighter
- 135 Lighter
- 135 Lighter
- 135 <GRAPHIC>
- 135 1 Lighter
- 135 1 Lighter
- 135 Turn key in steering lock to position 1 or 2.
- 135 Push in lighter (1); it will pop out automatically when hot.
- 135 <TABLE>
- 135 <TABLE BODY>
- 135 <TABLE ROW>
- 135 <TABLE ROW>
- 135 Warning!
- 135 Warning!
- 135 Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter, they are extremely hot, hold at knob only.
- 135 <TABLE ROW>
- 135 When leaving the vehicle always remove the key from the steering lock. Do not leave children unat...
- 135 When leaving the vehicle always remove the key from the steering lock. Do not leave children unat...
- 135 Note:
- 135 Note:
- 135 The lighter socket can be used to accommodate electrical accessories up to a maximum 85W.
- 136 Telephone, general
- 136 Telephone, general
- 136 Telephone, general
- 136 <TABLE>
- 136 <TABLE BODY>
- 136 <TABLE ROW>
- 136 Warning!
- 136 Warning!
- 136 Your concentration on the road and traffic conditions must take priority. Only use the telephone
- 136 <TABLE ROW>
- 136 Park if you wish to use the handset rather than the hands-free device to make a call.
- 136 Park if you wish to use the handset rather than the hands-free device to make a call.
- 136 <TABLE ROW>
- 136 Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your vehicle is covering a d...
- 136 Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your vehicle is covering a d...
- 136 <TABLE ROW>
- 136 <TABLE ROW>
- 136 Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built-in or attached antenna (i.e. without being...
- 136 Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built-in or attached antenna (i.e. without being...
- 136 See separate instruction manual for instructions on how to operate the telephone.
- 136 1 Observe the legal requirements in all countries concerned.
- 137 Garage door opener
- 137 Garage door opener
- 137 Garage door opener
- 137 <GRAPHIC>
- 137 1 Signal transmitter keys
- 137 1 Signal transmitter keys
- 137 2 Indicator lamp
- 137 3 Portable remote control transmitter
- 137 The built-in remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled objects.
- 137 <TABLE>
- 137 <TABLE BODY>
- 137 <TABLE ROW>
- 137 Warning!
- 137 Warning!
- 137 <TABLE ROW>
- 137 When programming a garage door opener, the door moves up or down.
- 137 When programming a garage door opener, the door moves up or down.
- 137 <TABLE ROW>
- 137 When programming or operating the remote control make sure there is no possibility of anyone bein...
- 137 When programming or operating the remote control make sure there is no possibility of anyone bein...
- 137 Notes:
- 137 Notes:
- 137 Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated opener. If you should e...
- 138 For operation in the USA only: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is s...
- 138 (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
- 138 (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause unde...
- 138 Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user’s authority to operate the equip...
- 138 Programming or reprogramming the integrated remote control:
- 138 Programming or reprogramming the integrated remote control:
- 138 1. Turn electronic key in steering lock to position1 or2.
- 138 1. Turn electronic key in steering lock to position1 or2.
- 138 2. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter of the device you wish to train approximately2 to 5...
- 138 3. Using both hands, simultaneously push the hand- held transmitter button and the desired integr...
- 138 4. The indicator lamp on the integrated remote control will flash, first slowly and then rapidly....
- 138 Note:
- 138 Note:
- 138 If, after repeated attempts, you do not successfully program the integrated remote control device...
- 139 Rolling code programming:
- 139 Rolling code programming:
- 139 To train a garage door opener (or other rolling code devices) with the rolling code feature, foll...
- 139 1. Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit. Exact location and color of ...
- 139 1. Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit. Exact location and color of ...
- 139 2. Press
- 139 Note:
- 139 Following step2, there are 30seconds to initiate step3.
- 139 3. Firmly press and release the programmed integrated remote control transmit button. Press and r...
- 139 4. Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed button on the integrated remote c...
- 139 Canadian programming:
- 139 Canadian programming:
- 139 During programming, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to p...
- 140 Operation of remote control:
- 140 Operation of remote control:
- 140 1. Turn electronic key in steering lock to position1 or2.
- 140 1. Turn electronic key in steering lock to position1 or2.
- 140 2. Select and press the appropriate button to activate the remote controlled device. The integrat...
- 140 Erasing the remote control memory:
- 140 Erasing the remote control memory:
- 140 1. Turn electronic key in steering lock to position1 or2.
- 140 1. Turn electronic key in steering lock to position1 or2.
- 140 2. Simultaneously holding down the left and right side buttons for approximately 20seconds, or u...
- 141 Hardtop or panorama roof
- 141 Hardtop or panorama roof
- 141 The removal or attachment of the hardtop can be carried out by 2 persons.
- 141 <TABLE>
- 141 <TABLE BODY>
- 141 <TABLE ROW>
- 141 Warning!
- 141 Warning!
- 141 Do not place your hands between the hardtop and the car body while the hardtop is being locked or...
- 141 Removing hardtop
- 141 Removing hardtop
- 141 Removing hardtop
- 141 <GRAPHIC>
- 141 1. Engage parking brake.
- 141 1. Engage parking brake.
- 141 2. Open doors.
- 141 3. Disconnect plug (1) for rear window defroster.
- 142 <GRAPHIC>
- 142 <GRAPHIC>
- 142 Please note, if soft top switch is activated after 10seconds have expired, turn the key back to ...
- 142 The unlocking procedure begins after approx. 2seconds:
- 142 • The roll bar lowers.
- 142 • The roll bar lowers.
- 142 • The roll bar lowers.
- 142 • The indicator lamp in the soft top switch lights up.
- 142 • The hardtop unlocks.
- 143 <GRAPHIC>
- 143 <GRAPHIC>
- 143 Important!
- 143 Removal of the key from the steering lock is a safety measure ensuring that the key cannot be tur...
- 143 6. Lift the hardtop vertically from its attachment points (3) and locating points (4) and careful...
- 143 <TABLE>
- 143 <TABLE BODY>
- 143 <TABLE ROW>
- 143 Warning!
- 143 Warning!
- 143 To prevent possible accidents, drive the vehicle only with the hardtop either completely closed a...
- 144 Attaching hardtop
- 144 Attaching hardtop
- 144 Attaching hardtop
- 144 <GRAPHIC>
- 144 1. Engage parking brake and turn key in steering lock to position 2.
- 144 1. Engage parking brake and turn key in steering lock to position 2.
- 144 2. Lower roll bar, see page
- 144 3. Open doors.
- 144 4. Turn radio and telephone off to lower power antenna, turn key in steering lock to position0 a...
- 144 5. From the rear of the vehicle, lift the hardtop carefully over the attachment points (1) and lo...
- 145 <GRAPHIC>
- 145 <GRAPHIC>
- 145 7. Slide soft top switch (3) forward - the hardtop should lock and the indicator lamp in the swit...
- 145 <GRAPHIC>
- 145 <GRAPHIC>
- 145 <TABLE>
- 145 <TABLE>
- 145 <TABLE BODY>
- 145 <TABLE ROW>
- 146 <TABLE ROW>
- 146 Warning!
- 146 Warning!
- 146 The raising or lowering procedure of the soft top is not completed if the indicator lamp in the s...
- 146 • does not go out (with key in steering lock position2),
- 146 • does not go out (with key in steering lock position2),
- 146 • blinks when starting to drive and an alarm sounds.
- 146 <TABLE ROW>
- 146 When safe to do so, immediately stop the vehicle and lock the soft top:
- 146 When safe to do so, immediately stop the vehicle and lock the soft top:
- 146 • Turn key in steering lock to position 2,
- 146 • Turn key in steering lock to position 2,
- 146 • Slide soft/hardtop switch forward.
- 146 <TABLE ROW>
- 146 Do not drive the car with the hardtop not locked, as that could cause personal injury to you or y...
- 146 Do not drive the car with the hardtop not locked, as that could cause personal injury to you or y...
- 146 Notes:
- 146 Notes:
- 146 For safety reasons, the hardtop can only be unlocked while the vehicle is standing still, and wit...
- 146 If the indicator lamp in the soft top switch blinks while activating the switch, the battery volt...
- 146 If the indicator lamp continues to blink, remove the hardtop (see page
- 147 Soft top
- 147 Soft top
- 147 A minimum height clearance of 6.5ft (2m) is required to lower or raise the soft top.
- 147 Do not lower a frozen soft top until thawed and dry. Doing so may result in damage not covered by...
- 147 To prevent mildew, the soft top must be dry before lowering it into the storage compartment.
- 147 The soft top should not be lowered or raised at outside temperatures below +5ËšF (-15ËšC), since th...
- 147 The lowering or raising procedure is immediately interrupted by releasing the soft top switch.
- 147 <TABLE>
- 147 <TABLE BODY>
- 147 <TABLE ROW>
- 147 <TABLE ROW>
- 147 Warning!
- 147 Warning!
- 147 Before operating the soft top switch make sure that no persons due to inattention are injured by ...
- 147 <TABLE ROW>
- 147 Hands must never be placed near the roll bar, soft top frame, upper windshield area or soft top s...
- 147 Hands must never be placed near the roll bar, soft top frame, upper windshield area or soft top s...
- 148 Lowering soft top
- 148 Lowering soft top
- 148 Lowering soft top
- 148 <GRAPHIC>
- 148 1. Engage parking brake.
- 148 1. Engage parking brake.
- 148 2. Turn key in steering lock to position2.
- 148 3. Slide soft top switch (1) back and hold:
- 148 • The side windows lower
- 148 • The side windows lower
- 148 • The side windows lower
- 148 • The roll bar lowers.
- 148 • The indicator lamp in the soft top switch lights up.
- 148 • The soft top is lowered into the soft top storage compartment.
- 148 • The storage compartment cover closes and locks.
- 148 • The indicator lamp in the switch goes out - the lowering procedure is completed.
- 148 If the soft top switch is held or is released and slid back again within approx. 2 seconds, the s...
- 148 However, the side windows and the roll bar can also be activated using their respective switches.
- 148 Note:
- 148 Note:
- 148 A wet or frozen soft top must not be folded until thawed and dry.
- 149 Raising soft top
- 149 Raising soft top
- 149 Raising soft top
- 149 <GRAPHIC>
- 149 1. Engage parking brake
- 149 1. Engage parking brake
- 149 2. Turn key in steering lock to position 2.
- 149 3. Fold down sun visors.
- 149 4. Slide soft top switch (2) forward and hold:
- 149 • The side windows lower.
- 149 • The side windows lower.
- 149 • The side windows lower.
- 149 • The roll bar lowers.
- 149 • The indicator lamp in the soft top switch lights up.
- 149 • The soft top closes and locks. Note: If the soft top does not engage in the windshield header a...
- 149 • The indicator lamp in the soft top switch goes out - the closing procedure is completed.
- 150 <GRAPHIC>
- 150 <GRAPHIC>
- 150 However, the side windows and the roll bar can also be activated using their respective switches.
- 150 <TABLE>
- 150 <TABLE>
- 150 <TABLE BODY>
- 150 <TABLE ROW>
- 150 <TABLE ROW>
- 150 Warning!
- 150 Warning!
- 150 The soft top is not locked:
- 150 <TABLE ROW>
- 150 • if the indicator lamp in the soft top switch does not go out (key in steering lock position2),
- 150 • if the indicator lamp in the soft top switch does not go out (key in steering lock position2),
- 150 • if the indicator lamp in the soft top switch does not go out (key in steering lock position2),
- 150 <TABLE ROW>
- 150 • if the indicator lamp blinks, and a warning sounds for 10 seconds when starting to drive.
- 150 • if the indicator lamp blinks, and a warning sounds for 10 seconds when starting to drive.
- 150 • if the indicator lamp blinks, and a warning sounds for 10 seconds when starting to drive.
- 150 <TABLE ROW>
- 150 Stop the vehicle and before continuing to drive, lock the soft top:
- 150 Stop the vehicle and before continuing to drive, lock the soft top:
- 150 <TABLE ROW>
- 150 The key should be in steering lock position 2.
- 150 The key should be in steering lock position 2.
- 150 <TABLE ROW>
- 150 Slide soft top switch forward.
- 150 Slide soft top switch forward.
- 150 <TABLE ROW>
- 150 If the soft top is not locked, it may fold back or forward when driving.
- 150 If the soft top is not locked, it may fold back or forward when driving.
- 150 <TABLE ROW>
- 150 During soft top operation, do not place your hands near the roll bar, soft top frame, upper winds...
- 150 During soft top operation, do not place your hands near the roll bar, soft top frame, upper winds...
- 151 For safety reasons, the soft top cannot be unlocked while driving.
- 151 However, if the soft top is not completely locked, it can be locked while driving by pushing the ...
- 151 If the indicator lamp in the soft top switch blinks while activating the switch,
- 151 • the battery voltage may be insufficient - start engine and let run while activating switch,
- 151 • the battery voltage may be insufficient - start engine and let run while activating switch,
- 151 • the system may be overloaded (for example after lowering or raising the soft top approx. 5cons...
- 151 • and the power supply was interrupted (battery disconnected or empty), the soft top cannot be fu...
- 151 To raise the soft top, for safety reasons, first remove key from steering lock. Lower soft top by...
- 151 To lower the soft top, first resynchronize the power windows. See page
- 151 If the indicator lamp continues to blink, lock the soft top manually. See page
- 151 Have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes- Benz Center as soon as possible.
- 151 Note:
- 151 Note:
- 151 If the roll bar was raised automatically, the process of raising or lowering the soft top will ta...
- 151 Whenever possible, park vehicle in the shade as continuous exposure to sun rays can prematurely d...
- 151 Permanent creases in the plastic window, caused by storage of the soft top in the storage compart...
- 151 The soft top may become moldy if it is kept in the storage compartment for an extended period.
- 151 Therefore, we recommend raising and airing it thoroughly with the side windows open (do not expos...
- 152 Wind screen
- 152 Wind screen
- 152 Wind screen
- 152 The wind screen is stored in a trunk mounted container(1) which is fastened by clamps (arrows).
- 152 Installation
- 152 Installation
- 152 <GRAPHIC>
- 152 Wind screen:Installation
- 152 1. Raise roll bar partially using switch on center console, see page
- 152 1. Raise roll bar partially using switch on center console, see page
- 153 <GRAPHIC>
- 153 <GRAPHIC>
- 153 3. Slide wind screen up into roll bar (1), using care not to get the attachment straps (2) caught.
- 153 4. Raise roll bar completely.
- 153 <GRAPHIC>
- 153 <GRAPHIC>
- 153 6. Tighten straps (4).
- 153 7. Lower roll bar.
- 154 Setting up
- 154 Setting up
- 154 <GRAPHIC>
- 154 Wind screen:Setting up
- 154 Push top of wind screen fully forward against internal stop.
- 154 Removal
- 154 Removal
- 154 <GRAPHIC>
- 154 Wind screen:Removal
- 154 1. Fold down top of wind screen.
- 154 1. Fold down top of wind screen.
- 154 2. Raise roll bar using switch on center console.
- 154 4. Lower roll bar partially.
- 155 <GRAPHIC>
- 155 <GRAPHIC>
- 155 The wind screen can be stored in a trunk mounted container.
- 155 Antenna
- 155 Antenna
- 155 Antenna
- 155 The antenna extends when switching on the radio and/ or telephone.
- 155 Note:
- 155 Note:
- 155 To retract the antenna (e.g. when entering a car wash) both radio and telephone must be switched ...
- 156 D
- 156 D
- 156 Control and operation of radio transmitters 153
- 156 Radio, telephone and two-way radio 153
- 156 Radio, telephone and two-way radio 153
- 156 The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km) 154
- 156 Maintenance 154
- 156 Tele Aid 155
- 156 Catalytic converter 163
- 156 Emission control 164
- 156 Steering lock 165
- 156 Starting and turning off the engine 167
- 156 Before starting 167
- 156 Before starting 167
- 156 Starting 167
- 156 Turning off 167
- 156 Automatic transmission 168
- 156 Driving 168
- 156 Driving 168
- 156 Accelerator Position 169
- 156 Selector lever positions 169
- 156 Maneuvering 172
- 156 Stopping 172
- 156 Program mode selector switch 173
- 156 Emergency Operation 174
- 156 Parking brake 175
- 156 Driving instructions 176
- 156 Drive sensibly - Save fuel 176
- 156 Drive sensibly - Save fuel 176
- 156 Drinking and driving 176
- 156 Pedals 176
- 156 Power assistance 177
- 156 Brakes 177
- 156 Driving off 178
- 156 Parking 178
- 156 Tires 179
- 156 Aquaplaning 180
- 156 Tire traction 180
- 156 Tire speed rating 181
- 156 Snow chains 181
- 156 Vehicles with sport package 181
- 156 Winter driving instructions 182
- 156 Winter driving 183
- 156 Block heater 183
- 156 Deep water 184
- 156 Traveling abroad 184
- 156 Cruise control 185
- 156 Brake assist system (BAS) 188
- 156 Antilock brake system (ABS) 190
- 156 ABS control 191
- 156 ABS control 191
- 156 Electronic Stability Program (ESP) 192
- 156 Synchronizing ESP 193
- 156 Synchronizing ESP 193
- 156 ESP Control Switch 194
- 156 Level control system 196
- 156 Level control switch positions 196
- 156 Level control switch positions 196
- 156 Normal Level 197
- 156 Wheel Change Switch 198
- 156 Adaptive Damping System (ADS) 199
- 156 Adaptive damping system adjustment 199
- 156 Adaptive damping system adjustment 199
- 156 What you should know at the gas station 200
- 156 Fuel supply 200
- 156 Fuel supply 200
- 156 Fuel 200
- 156 Check regularly and before a long trip 202
- 157 Driving
- 157 Driving
- 157 Driving
- 157 Driving
- 157 Control and operation of radio transmitters
- 157 Radio, telephone and two-way radio
- 157 Radio, telephone and two-way radio
- 157 Radio, telephone and two-way radio
- 157 <TABLE>
- 157 <TABLE BODY>
- 157 <TABLE ROW>
- 157 Warning!
- 157 Warning!
- 157 Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle. Only operate the r...
- 157 <TABLE ROW>
- 157 Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your vehicle is covering a d...
- 157 Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30mph (approximately 50km/h), your vehicle is covering a d...
- 157 1 Observe all legal requirements.
- 157 Telephones and two-way radio
- 157 Telephones and two-way radio
- 157 Telephones and two-way radio
- 157 <TABLE>
- 157 <TABLE BODY>
- 157 <TABLE ROW>
- 157 Warning!
- 157 Warning!
- 157 Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built-in or attached antenna (i.e. without being...
- 157 Radio transmitters, such as a portable telephone or a citizens band unit should only be used insi...
- 157 Refer to the radio transmitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna.
- 158 The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
- 158 The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
- 158 The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km)
- 158 The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break-in period, the more satisfied you wil...
- 158 During this period, avoid heavy loads (full throttle driving) and excessive engine speeds.
- 158 Avoid accelerating by kickdown. It is not recommended to brake the vehicle by manually shifting t...
- 158 After 1000 miles (1500 km) speeds may be gradually increased to the permissible maximum.
- 158 Maintenance
- 158 Maintenance
- 158 Maintenance
- 158 Approximately 30 days or 2000 miles (2000 km) prior to the next recommended service, the remainin...
- 158 We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center...
- 158 Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Service Booklet at the designated t...
- 159 Tele Aid
- 159 Tele Aid
- 159 Tele Aid
- 159 Important!
- 159 Important!
- 159 The initial activation of the Tele Aid system may only be performed by completing the subscriber ...
- 159 If you have any questions regarding activation, please call the Response Center at 1-800-756-9018...
- 159 (
- 159 The TeleAid system consists of three types of response; automatic and manual emergency, roadside...
- 159 The TeleAid system is always operational, providing that the vehicle’s battery is charged and pr...
- 159 System self-check
- 159 System self-check
- 159 Initially, after turning the key in steering lock to position2, malfunctions are detected and in...
- 159 If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above, have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes...
- 159 Important!
- 159 Important!
- 159 Always make sure that the indicator lamp in the
- 159 Emergency calls
- 159 Emergency calls
- 159 An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the Emergency Tension...
- 160 Once the emergency call is in progress, the indicator lamp in the
- 160 A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be establish...
- 160 The Tele Aid system is available if:
- 160 • it has been activated and is operational. Activation requires a subscription for monitoring ser...
- 160 • it has been activated and is operational. Activation requires a subscription for monitoring ser...
- 160 • the relevant cellular phone network and
- 160 Note:
- 160 Note:
- 160 Location of the vehicle on a map is possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the G...
- 160 <TABLE>
- 160 <TABLE BODY>
- 160 <TABLE ROW>
- 160 Warning!
- 160 Warning!
- 160 If the indicator lamp in the
- 160 <TABLE ROW>
- 160 Should this occur, assistance must be summoned by other means.
- 160 Should this occur, assistance must be summoned by other means.
- 161 Tele Aid:Initiating an emergency call
- 161 Tele Aid:Initiating an emergency call
- 161 Tele Aid:Initiating an emergency call
- 161 <GRAPHIC>
- 161 Manually:
- 161 Briefly press on cover(1) – the cover will open.
- 161 P54.30-3045-26
- 161 P54.30-3045-26
- 161 P54.30-3045-26
- 161 <GRAPHIC>
- 161 Press the emergency call switch(2) briefly (for longer than 2seconds). The indicator lamp in th...
- 161 Close the cover(1) after the emergency call is concluded.
- 161 <TABLE>
- 161 <TABLE BODY>
- 161 <TABLE ROW>
- 162 <TABLE ROW>
- 162 Warning!
- 162 Warning!
- 162 If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle (e.g. smoke or fire in the vehicle, vehicl...
- 162 Tele Aid:Roadside Assistance
- 162 Tele Aid:Roadside Assistance
- 162 Tele Aid:Roadside Assistance
- 162 Located below the center armrest cover is the Roadside Assistance button
- 162 A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle wi...
- 162 If the vehicle requires more than Sign and Drive services, the Mercedes-Benz Roadside assistance ...
- 162 For other than Sign and Drive services, labor and/or towing charges may apply. Refer to the Roa...
- 162 Notes:
- 162 Notes:
- 162 The indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button
- 162 See system selfcheck on page
- 163 Tele Aid:Information
- 163 Tele Aid:Information
- 163 Tele Aid:Information
- 163 Located below the center armrest cover is the Information button
- 163 A voice connection between the Client Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the v...
- 163 If you have chosen the Route Guidance Service (an optional service available at additional cost i...
- 163 For more details concerning this optional service, please contact the Response Center at1-800-75...
- 163 Notes:
- 163 Notes:
- 163 The indicator lamp in the Information button
- 163 See system selfcheck on page
- 163 Important!
- 163 Important!
- 163 If the indicator lamps do not illuminate or remain illuminated (in red) at any time, the Tele Aid...
- 164 Upgrade Signals
- 164 Tele Aid system processes calls using the following priority.
- 164 • Automatic emergency–First priority
- 164 • Automatic emergency–First priority
- 164 • Manual emergency–Second priority
- 164 • Roadside assistance–Third priority
- 164 • Information–Fourth priority
- 164 Should a higher priority call be initiated while you are connected, an upgrade (alternating) tone...
- 164 Important!
- 164 Important!
- 164 If the indicator lamp continues to flash or the system does not reset, contact the Response Cente...
- 164 Notes:
- 164 Notes:
- 164 The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded and this can only...
- 164 When a Tele Aid call has been initiated, the audio system is muted and the selected mode (radio, ...
- 165 Remote door unlock
- 165 Remote door unlock
- 165 In the case you have your vehicle locked unintentionally (e.g. key inside vehicle), and the reser...
- 165 Then return to your vehicle and press trunk lock for a minimum of 20seconds.
- 165 The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature.
- 165 Note:
- 165 Note:
- 165 The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network and
- 165 Vehicle location/stolen vehicle tracking services
- 165 Vehicle location/stolen vehicle tracking services
- 165 Should you wish to locate your vehicle, contact the MercedesBenz Response Center at 1-800-756-90...
- 165 In the event your vehicle was stolen, report the incident to the police who will issue a numbered...
- 165 The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle’s Tele Aid system. The key ...
- 166 Important!
- 166 Important!
- 166 Tele Aid utilizes the cellular network for communication and the
- 166 <TABLE>
- 166 <TABLE BODY>
- 166 <TABLE ROW>
- 166 <TABLE ROW>
- 166 Warning!
- 166 Warning!
- 166 The TeleAid control unit is located under the driver’s seat. If there is accumulation of water o...
- 167 Catalytic converter
- 167 Catalytic converter
- 167 Catalytic converter
- 167 Your Mercedes-Benz is equipped with monolithic type catalytic converters, an important element in...
- 167 Caution!
- 167 Caution!
- 167 To prevent damage to the catalytic converters, use only premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle.
- 167 Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly. Otherwise, excessi...
- 167 <TABLE>
- 167 <TABLE BODY>
- 167 <TABLE ROW>
- 167 <TABLE ROW>
- 167 Warning!
- 167 Warning!
- 167 As with any vehicle, do not idle, park or operate this vehicle in areas where combustible materia...
- 168 Emission control
- 168 Emission control
- 168 Emission control
- 168 Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within perm...
- 168 These systems, of course, will function properly only when maintained strictly according to facto...
- 168 <TABLE>
- 168 <TABLE BODY>
- 168 <TABLE ROW>
- 168 <TABLE ROW>
- 168 Warning!
- 168 Warning!
- 168 Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health. All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide, ...
- 168 <TABLE ROW>
- 168 Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventilated. If ...
- 168 Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventilated. If ...
- 169 Steering lock
- 169 Steering lock
- 169 Steering lock
- 169 <GRAPHIC>
- 169 0 The key can be withdrawn in this position only. The steering is locked when the electronic key ...
- 169 0 The key can be withdrawn in this position only. The steering is locked when the electronic key ...
- 169 The key can be removed only with your foot off the brake pedal and the selector level in position
- 169 1 Steering is unlocked.
- 169 (If necessary, move steering wheel slightly to allow the key to be turned clockwise to position 1.)
- 169 Most electrical consumers can be operated. For detailed information see respective subjects.
- 169 2 Driving position.
- 169 3 Starting position.
- 169 See page
- 169 <TABLE>
- 169 <TABLE BODY>
- 169 <TABLE ROW>
- 169 Warning!
- 169 Warning!
- 169 When leaving the vehicle always remove the key from the steering lock, and lock the vehicle. Do n...
- 170 Notes:
- 170 Notes:
- 170 A warning sounds when the driver’s door is opened while the key is in steering lock position 1 or 0.
- 170 With the engine at idle speed, the charging rate of the alternator (output) is limited.
- 170 It is therefore recommended that you turn off unnecessary electrical consumers while driving in s...
- 170 Unnecessary strain on the battery and charging system may be minimized by turning off the followi...
- 170 Caution!
- 170 Caution!
- 170 To prevent accelerated battery discharge and a possible dead battery, always remove the key from ...
- 171 Starting and turning off the engine
- 171 Starting and turning off the engine
- 171 Starting and turning off the engine
- 171 Before starting
- 171 Before starting
- 171 Before starting
- 171 Ensure that parking brake is engaged and that selector lever is in position
- 171 Starting
- 171 Starting
- 171 Starting
- 171 Do not depress accelerator. Briefly turn key in steering lock clockwise to the stop and release. ...
- 171 If engine will not run, and the starting procedure stops, turn key completely to the left and rep...
- 171 After several unsuccessful attempts, have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes-B...
- 171 Important!
- 171 Important!
- 171 Due to the installed starter nonrepeat feature, the key must be turned completely to the left bef...
- 171 In areas where temperatures frequently drop below -4
- 171 Turning off
- 171 Turning off
- 171 Turning off
- 171 Turn the key in the steering lock to position 0 to stop the engine.
- 171 Vehicles with automatic transmission:
- 171 The key can only be removed with your foot off the brake pedal and the selector lever in position
- 172 Automatic transmission
- 172 Automatic transmission
- 172 Automatic transmission
- 172 The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically, dependent upon
- 172 • Selector lever position
- 172 • Selector lever position
- 172 • Program mode selector
- 172 • Accelerator position
- 172 • Vehicle speed
- 172 The gear shifting process is continuously adapted, dependent on the driving style, the driving si...
- 172 Important!
- 172 Important!
- 172 When parking the car or before working on the vehicle with the engine running, firmly engage the ...
- 172 Driving
- 172 Driving
- 172 Driving
- 172 The selector lever is automatically locked while in position
- 172 Shift selector lever to the desired position only when the engine is idling normally and the serv...
- 172 <TABLE>
- 172 <TABLE BODY>
- 172 <TABLE ROW>
- 172 Warning!
- 172 Warning!
- 172 It is dangerous to shift the selector lever out of
- 172 Important!
- 172 Important!
- 172 After selecting any driving position from
- 173 Accelerator Position
- 173 Accelerator Position
- 173 Accelerator Position
- 173 Partial throttle = early upshifting = normal acceleration
- 173 Full throttle = later upshifting = rapid acceleration
- 173 Kickdown (depressing the accelerator beyond full throttle) = downshifting to a lower gear = maxim...
- 173 Selector lever positions
- 173 Selector lever positions
- 173 Selector lever positions
- 173 <GRAPHIC>
- 173 The automatic gear shifting process can be adapted to specific operating conditions using the sel...
- 174 <GRAPHIC>
- 174 <GRAPHIC>
- 174 Park position
- 174 Park position
- 174 The park position is to be used when parking the vehicle. Engage only with the vehicle stopped. T...
- 174 Note:
- 174 The key can be removed from the steering lock only with the foot off the brake pedal and the sele...
- 174 <GRAPHIC>
- 174 Reverse gear
- 174 Reverse gear
- 174 Depending on the program mode selector switch position
- 174 <GRAPHIC>
- 174 Neutral
- 174 Neutral
- 174 No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle. When the brakes are released, the vehi...
- 174 Important!
- 174 Important!
- 174 Coasting the vehicle, or driving for any other reason with selector lever in
- 174 <GRAPHIC>
- 174 The transmission automatically upshifts through 5th gear. Position
- 174 <GRAPHIC>
- 174 Upshift through 4th gear only. Suitable for performance driving. To shift from position
- 174 <GRAPHIC>
- 174 Upshift through 3rd gear only. Suitable for moderately steep hills. Since the transmission does n...
- 175 <GRAPHIC>
- 175 Upshift through 2nd gear only. For driving in mountainous regions or under extreme operating cond...
- 175 <GRAPHIC>
- 175 Use this position, which makes maximum use of the engine’s braking effect, while descending very ...
- 175 Important!
- 175 Important!
- 175 With selector lever in position
- 175 During the brief warm-up period this delayed upshift and increased engine noise might be perceive...
- 175 The delayed upshift is effective with vehicle speeds below 31 mph (50 km/h) at partial throttle a...
- 175 To avoid overrevving the engine when the selector lever is moved to a lower driving range, the tr...
- 175 To prevent the engine from laboring at low RPM when driving uphill gradients or with your vehicle...
- 175 <TABLE>
- 175 <TABLE BODY>
- 175 <TABLE ROW>
- 175 Warning!
- 175 Warning!
- 175 On slippery road surfaces, never downshift in order to obtain braking action. This could result i...
- 176 Maneuvering
- 176 Maneuvering
- 176 Maneuvering
- 176 To maneuver in tight areas, e.g. when pulling into a parking space, control the vehicle speed by ...
- 176 To rock a vehicle out of soft ground (mud or snow), alternately shift from forward to reverse, wh...
- 176 Rocking a vehicle free in this manner may cause the ABS malfunction indicator lamp to come on. Tu...
- 176 Stopping
- 176 Stopping
- 176 Stopping
- 176 For brief stops, e.g. at traffic lights, leave the transmission in gear and hold vehicle with the...
- 176 For longer stops with the engine idling, shift into
- 176 When stopping the vehicle on an uphill gradient, do not hold it with the accelerator, use the bra...
- 176 <TABLE>
- 176 <TABLE BODY>
- 176 <TABLE ROW>
- 176 <TABLE ROW>
- 176 Warning!
- 176 Warning!
- 176 Getting out of your vehicle with the selector lever not fully engaged in position
- 176 <TABLE ROW>
- 176 Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position “P”.
- 176 Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position
- 176 <TABLE ROW>
- 176 When parked on an incline, also turn front wheel towards the road curb.
- 176 When parked on an incline, also turn front wheel towards the road curb.
- 177 Program mode selector switch
- 177 Program mode selector switch
- 177 Program mode selector switch
- 177 <GRAPHIC>
- 177 The transmission is provided with a selector switch for Standard
- 177 Caution!
- 177 Caution!
- 177 Never change the program mode when the selector lever is out of position
- 177 Important!
- 177 Important!
- 177 Always be certain of the program mode selected since the vehicle driving characteristics change w...
- 177 S
- 177 S
- 177 S
- 177 Standard mode
- 177 Press switch on symbol
- 177 The vehicle starts out in 1st gear.
- 177 Accelerator Operation: Fast on = depressing the accelerator pedal quickly (not into kickdown posi...
- 177 Fast off = there will be no upshift when releasing the accelerator pedal quickly, e.g. using the ...
- 178 W
- 178 W
- 178 Winter/Wet (snow and ice) mode
- 178 Press switch on symbol "W". The vehicle starts out in 2nd gear, except with selector lever in 1st...
- 178 The "W" mode helps to improve traction and driving stability of the vehicle.
- 178 The gear shifting process occurs at lower vehicle and engine speeds than in the "S" program mode.
- 178 Important!
- 178 Important!
- 178 Dependent on the program mode selector switch position
- 178 Emergency Operation
- 178 Emergency Operation
- 178 Emergency Operation
- 178 If vehicle acceleration worsens, or the transmission no longer shifts, the transmission is most l...
- 178 In this mode only the 2nd gear or reverse gear can be activated.
- 178 To engage 2nd gear or reverse:
- 178 1. Stop the vehicle.
- 178 1. Stop the vehicle.
- 178 2. Move selector lever to position
- 178 3. Turn off the engine.
- 178 4. Wait approx. 10 seconds.
- 178 5. Restart the engine.
- 178 6. Move selector lever to position
- 178 Have the transmission checked at your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possible.
- 179 Parking brake
- 179 Parking brake
- 179 Parking brake
- 179 <GRAPHIC>
- 179 To engage, firmly depress parking brake pedal. When the key is in steering lock position 2, the b...
- 179 To release the parking brake, pull handle on instrument panel. The brake warning lamp in the inst...
- 179 A warning sounds, if you start to drive without having released the parking brake.
- 179 Also see brake warning lamp test on page
- 179 <TABLE>
- 179 <TABLE BODY>
- 179 <TABLE ROW>
- 179 Warning!
- 179 Warning!
- 179 When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the steering lock, and lock the ve...
- 180 Driving instructions
- 180 Driving instructions
- 180 Driving instructions
- 180 Drive sensibly - Save fuel
- 180 Drive sensibly - Save fuel
- 180 Drive sensibly - Save fuel
- 180 Fuel consumption, to a great extent, depends on driving habits and operating conditions.
- 180 • keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures,
- 180 • keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures,
- 180 • remove unnecessary loads,
- 180 • allow engine to warm up under low load use,
- 180 • avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration,
- 180 • have all maintenance work performed at regular intervals by an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.
- 180 Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather, in stop-and-go traffic, on short t...
- 180 Drinking and driving
- 180 Drinking and driving
- 180 Drinking and driving
- 180 <TABLE>
- 180 <TABLE BODY>
- 180 <TABLE ROW>
- 180 Warning!
- 180 Warning!
- 180 Drinking or taking drugs and driving can be a very dangerous combination. Even a small amount of ...
- 180 <TABLE ROW>
- 180 The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident is sharply increased when you drink or take d...
- 180 The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident is sharply increased when you drink or take d...
- 180 <TABLE ROW>
- 180 Please don‘t drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive after drinking or taking drugs.
- 180 Please don‘t drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive after drinking or taking drugs.
- 180 Pedals
- 180 Pedals
- 180 Pedals
- 180 <TABLE>
- 180 <TABLE BODY>
- 180 <TABLE ROW>
- 180 Warning!
- 180 Warning!
- 180 Keep driver‘s foot area clear at all times. Objects stored in this area may impair pedal movement.
- 181 Power assistance
- 181 Power assistance
- 181 Power assistance
- 181 <TABLE>
- 181 <TABLE BODY>
- 181 <TABLE ROW>
- 181 Warning!
- 181 Warning!
- 181 When the engine is not running, the brake and steering systems are without power assistance. Unde...
- 181 Brakes
- 181 Brakes
- 181 Brakes
- 181 <TABLE>
- 181 <TABLE BODY>
- 181 <TABLE ROW>
- 181 Warning!
- 181 Warning!
- 181 After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enoug...
- 181 <TABLE ROW>
- 181 Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads.
- 181 Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads.
- 181 <TABLE ROW>
- 181 It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiveness. ...
- 181 It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiveness. ...
- 181 The condition of the parking brake system is checked each time the vehicle is in the shop for the...
- 181 If the parking brake is released and the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster stays on, t...
- 181 Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the reservoir.
- 181 Have the brake system inspected at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately.
- 181 All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by an authorized Mercedes-B...
- 181 Install only brake pads and brake fluid recommended by Mercedes-Benz.
- 181 <TABLE>
- 181 <TABLE BODY>
- 181 <TABLE ROW>
- 181 Warning!
- 181 Warning!
- 181 If other than recommended brake pads are installed, or other than recommended brake fluid is used...
- 181 <TABLE ROW>
- 181 The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects.
- 181 The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects.
- 182 Caution!
- 182 Caution!
- 182 When driving down long and steep grades, relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower ...
- 182 After hard braking, it is advisable to drive on for some time, rather than immediately parking, s...
- 182 Driving off
- 182 Driving off
- 182 Driving off
- 182 Apply the service brakes to test them briefly after driving off. Perform this procedure only when...
- 182 Warm up the engine smoothly. Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature...
- 182 When starting off on a slippery surface, do not allow one drive wheel to spin for an extended per...
- 182 Parking
- 182 Parking
- 182 Parking
- 182 <TABLE>
- 182 <TABLE BODY>
- 182 <TABLE ROW>
- 182 Warning!
- 182 Warning!
- 182 To reduce the risk of personal injury as a result of vehicle movement,
- 182 <TABLE ROW>
- 182 1. Keep right foot on the service brake pedal.
- 182 1. Keep right foot on the service brake pedal.
- 182 1. Keep right foot on the service brake pedal.
- 182 2. Firmly engage parking brake.
- 182 3. Move the selector lever to position
- 182 4. Slowly release the service brake pedal.
- 182 5. Turn front wheels towards the road curb.
- 182 6. Turn the key to steering lock position 0 and remove.
- 182 7. Take the key and lock vehicle when leaving.
- 182 Important!
- 182 Important!
- 182 Always engage the parking brake whenever parking or leaving the vehicle. In addition, move select...
- 182 When parking on hills, always set the parking brake.
- 183 Tires
- 183 Tires
- 183 Tires
- 183 <TABLE>
- 183 <TABLE BODY>
- 183 <TABLE ROW>
- 183 Warning!
- 183 Warning!
- 183 If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance, or you suspect that possible dama...
- 183 <TABLE ROW>
- 183 Inspect the tires and under the vehicle for possible damage. If the vehicle or tires appear unsaf...
- 183 Inspect the tires and under the vehicle for possible damage. If the vehicle or tires appear unsaf...
- 183 Tread wear indicators (TWI) are required by law. These indicators are located in six places on th...
- 183 P40.10-2104-26
- 183 P40.10-2104-26
- 183 <GRAPHIC>
- 183 <TABLE>
- 183 <TABLE BODY>
- 183 <TABLE ROW>
- 183 Warning!
- 183 Warning!
- 183 Do not allow your tires to wear down too far. As tread depth approaches
- 183 <TABLE ROW>
- 183 Depending upon the weather and/or road surface (conditions), the tire traction varies widely.
- 183 Depending upon the weather and/or road surface (conditions), the tire traction varies widely.
- 184 Specified tire pressures must be maintained. This applies particularly if the tires are subjected...
- 184 <TABLE>
- 184 <TABLE BODY>
- 184 <TABLE ROW>
- 184 Warning!
- 184 Warning!
- 184 Do not drive with a flat tire. A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle. You...
- 184 Aquaplaning
- 184 Aquaplaning
- 184 Aquaplaning
- 184 Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road, aquaplaning may occur, even at low speeds ...
- 184 Tire traction
- 184 Tire traction
- 184 Tire traction
- 184 The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road.
- 184 You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperature...
- 184 <TABLE>
- 184 <TABLE BODY>
- 184 <TABLE ROW>
- 184 Warning!
- 184 Warning!
- 184 If ice has formed on the road, tire traction will be substantially reduced. Under such weather co...
- 184 We recommend M+S rated radial-ply tires for the winter season for all four wheels to insure norma...
- 185 Tire speed rating
- 185 Tire speed rating
- 185 Tire speed rating
- 185 Vehicles without Sport Package: Your vehicle is factory equipped with
- 185 Vehicles with Sport Package: Your vehicle is factory equipped with
- 185 Despite the tire rating, local speed limits should be obeyed. Use prudent driving speeds appropri...
- 185 <TABLE>
- 185 <TABLE BODY>
- 185 <TABLE ROW>
- 185 Warning!
- 185 Warning!
- 185 Even when permitted by law, never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rati...
- 185 <TABLE ROW>
- 185 Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing los...
- 185 Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing los...
- 185 Snow chains
- 185 Snow chains
- 185 Snow chains
- 185 Use only snow chains that are tested and recommended by Mercedes-Benz. Your authorized Mercedes-B...
- 185 Chains should only be used on the rear wheels. Follow the manufacturer’s mounting instructions.
- 185 Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph (50 km/h)....
- 185 When driving with snow chains, press the ESP control switch to OFF, see page
- 185 Vehicles with Sport Package
- 185 Vehicles with Sport Package
- 185 Use of snow chains is not permissible with tire sizes 245/40 ZR 18 or 275/35 ZR 18.
- 186 Winter driving instructions
- 186 Winter driving instructions
- 186 Winter driving instructions
- 186 The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt accele...
- 186 When the vehicle is in danger of skidding, move selector lever to position
- 186 Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency. Increased pedal force may becom...
- 186 If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads, the braking efficiency should ...
- 186 <TABLE>
- 186 <TABLE BODY>
- 186 <TABLE ROW>
- 186 <TABLE ROW>
- 186 Warning!
- 186 Warning!
- 186 If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow, make sure that snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and f...
- 186 <TABLE ROW>
- 186 To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation, open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not...
- 186 To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation, open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not...
- 187 Winter driving
- 187 Winter driving
- 187 Winter driving
- 187 Have your vehicle winterized at your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center before the onset of winter.
- 187 • Change the engine oil if the engine contains an oil which is not approved for winter operation....
- 187 • Change the engine oil if the engine contains an oil which is not approved for winter operation....
- 187 • Check engine coolant anticorrosion/antifreeze concentration.
- 187 • Additive for the windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system: Add MB Concentrate
- 187 • Test battery: Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature. A well charged batter...
- 187 • Tires: We recommend M+S rated radial-ply tires on all four wheels for the winter season. Observ...
- 187 Note:
- 187 Note:
- 187 In winter operation, the maximum effectiveness of the antilock brake system (ABS) or electronic s...
- 187 Block heater
- 187 Block heater
- 187 Block heater
- 187 The engine is equipped with a block heater.
- 187 The electrical cable may be installed at your authorized MercedesBenz Center.
- 188 Deep water
- 188 Deep water
- 188 Deep water
- 188 Caution!
- 188 Caution!
- 188 Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth.
- 188 If you must drive through deep water, drive slowly to prevent water from entering the engine comp...
- 188 Traveling abroad
- 188 Traveling abroad
- 188 Traveling abroad
- 188 Abroad, there is a widely-spread Mercedes-Benz service network at your disposal. If you plan to t...
- 189 Cruise control
- 189 Cruise control
- 189 Cruise control
- 189 <GRAPHIC>
- 189 The cruise control allows you to drive in a more relaxed manner, for example over long distances,...
- 189 Any given speed above approximately 25mph (40km/h) can be maintained with the cruise control by...
- 189 1 Accelerate and set: Lift lever briefly to set speed. Hold lever up to accelerate.
- 189 1 Accelerate and set: Lift lever briefly to set speed. Hold lever up to accelerate.
- 189 2 Decelerate and set: Depress lever briefly to set speed. Hold lever down to decelerate.
- 189 Normally the vehicle is accelerated to the desired speed with the accelerator.
- 189 Speed is set by briefly pushing the lever to position1 or2. The accelerator can then be released.
- 189 The speed can be increased (e.g. for passing) by using the accelerator. After the accelerator is ...
- 190 If a set speed is to be increased or decreased slightly, e. g. to adapt to the traffic flow, hold...
- 190 3 Canceling
- 190 To cancel the cruise control, briefly push lever to position3.
- 190 When you step on the brake pedal or the vehicle speed drops below approx. 25mph (40km/h), for e...
- 190 If the cruise control cancels by itself and remains inoperative until the engine is restarted, ha...
- 190 4 Resume
- 190 If the lever is briefly pushed to position4 when driving at a speed exceeding approx. 25mph (40...
- 190 Important!
- 190 Important!
- 190 Moving gear selector lever to position
- 190 <TABLE>
- 190 <TABLE BODY>
- 190 <TABLE ROW>
- 190 <TABLE ROW>
- 190 Warning!
- 190 Warning!
- 190 Only use the cruise control if the traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at ...
- 190 • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditi...
- 190 • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditi...
- 190 • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditi...
- 191 <TABLE ROW>
- 191 • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. Rapid changes in tire adhesion ca...
- 191 • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. Rapid changes in tire adhesion ca...
- 191 • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. Rapid changes in tire adhesion ca...
- 191 • The use of cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. Rapid changes in tire adhesion ca...
- 191 <TABLE ROW>
- 191 The “Resume” function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set ...
- 191 The
- 191 Notes:
- 191 Notes:
- 191 If the engine does not brake the vehicle sufficiently while driving on a downgrade, the speed you...
- 191 As soon as the grade eases, the automatic transmission shifts up again dependent on the selector ...
- 191 Nevertheless, in some cases you may have to step on the brake pedal to slow down. In this case th...
- 191 Use the lever to resume the previously set speed.
- 192 Brake assist system (BAS)
- 192 Brake assist system (BAS)
- 192 Brake assist system (BAS)
- 192 <TABLE>
- 192 <TABLE BODY>
- 192 <TABLE ROW>
- 192 Warning!
- 192 Warning!
- 192 BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle, nor can it increase br...
- 192 The BAS is designed to maximize the vehicle‘s braking capability during emergency braking maneuve...
- 192 Applying the brakes very quickly results in maximum BAS assistance.
- 192 To receive the benefit of the system you must apply continuous full braking power during the stop...
- 193 Once the brake pedal is released, the BAS is deactivated.
- 193 The malfunction indicator lamps for the ESP are combined with the BAS malfunction indicator lamp.
- 193 The BAS/ESP malfunction indicator lamps in the instrument cluster come on with the key in steerin...
- 193 If the BAS/ESP malfunction indicator lamp comes on permanently while the engine is running, a mal...
- 193 If the charging voltage falls below 10 volts, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and the BAS...
- 193 With the ABS malfunctioning, the BAS and ESP is also switched off. Both malfunction indicator lam...
- 193 If a BAS warning message is displayed, have the BAS and ESP checked at your authorized Mercedes-B...
- 194 Antilock brake system (ABS)
- 194 Antilock brake system (ABS)
- 194 Antilock brake system (ABS)
- 194 <TABLE>
- 194 <TABLE BODY>
- 194 <TABLE ROW>
- 194 Warning!
- 194 Warning!
- 194 Do not pump the brake pedal, rather use firm, steady brake pedal pressure. Pumping the brake peda...
- 194 Important!
- 194 Important!
- 194 The ABS improves steering control of the vehicle during hard braking maneuvers.
- 194 The ABS prevents the wheels from locking up above a vehicle speed of approximately 5 mph (8 km/h)...
- 194 At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up, a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake...
- 194 Continuous steady brake pedal pressure results in applying the advantages of the ABS, namely brak...
- 194 In the case of an emergency brake maneuver keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal. In t...
- 194 On slippery road surfaces, the ABS will respond even with light brake pedal pressure because of t...
- 195 ABS control
- 195 ABS control
- 195 ABS control
- 195 The ABS malfunction indicator lamp
- 195 When the ABS malfunction indicator lamp symbol and warning in the instrument cluster comes on whi...
- 195 With the ABS malfunctioning, the BAS and ESP are also switched off. Both malfunction indicator la...
- 195 If the charging voltage falls below 10 volts, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and the ABS...
- 195 If the ABS malfunction indicator light stays illuminated, have the system checked at your authori...
- 195 <TABLE>
- 195 <TABLE BODY>
- 195 <TABLE ROW>
- 195 <TABLE ROW>
- 195 Warning!
- 195 Warning!
- 195 ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle, nor can it increase th...
- 195 Note:
- 195 Note:
- 195 To alert following vehicles to slippery road conditions you discover, operate your hazard warning...
- 196 Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
- 196 Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
- 196 Electronic Stability Program (ESP)
- 196 <TABLE>
- 196 <TABLE BODY>
- 196 <TABLE ROW>
- 196 Warning!
- 196 Warning!
- 196 ESP
- 196 ESP
- 196 The ESP enhances directional control and reduces driving wheel spin of the vehicle under various ...
- 196 Over/understeering of the vehicle is counteracted by applying brakes to the appropriate wheel to ...
- 196 Important!
- 196 Important!
- 196 If the ESP warning lamp
- 196 • During take-off apply as little throttle as possible.
- 196 • During take-off apply as little throttle as possible.
- 196 • While driving ease up on the accelerator.
- 196 • Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
- 196 • Do not switch off the ESP.
- 196 Caution!
- 196 Caution!
- 196 If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised (seepage
- 197 Notes:
- 197 Notes:
- 197 The malfunction indicator lamp for the ESP is combined with that of the BAS.
- 197 The yellow BAS/ESP malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster and the yellow ESP warnin...
- 197 If the BAS/ESP malfunction indicator lamp comes on permanently with the engine running, a malfunc...
- 197 If the BAS malfunctions, the brake system functions in the usual manner, but without BAS.
- 197 If the BAS/ESP malfunction indicator lamp come s on, have the BAS or ESP checked at your authoriz...
- 197 With the ABS malfunctioning, the ESP is also switched off.
- 197 Driving the vehicle with varied size tires will cause the wheels to rotate at different speeds, t...
- 197 When testing the parking brake on a brake test dynamometer, the engine must be shut off. Otherwis...
- 197 In winter operation, the maximum effectiveness of the ESP is only achieved with Mercedes-Benz rec...
- 197 Synchronizing ESP
- 197 Synchronizing ESP
- 197 Synchronizing ESP
- 197 If the power supply was interrupted (battery disconnected or empty), the BAS/ESP malfunction indi...
- 197 Turn steering wheel completely to the left and then to the right. The BAS/ESP malfunction indicat...
- 198 ESP Control Switch
- 198 ESP Control Switch
- 198 ESP Control Switch
- 198 <GRAPHIC>
- 198 ESP control switch located in center console.
- 198 To improve the vehicle‘s traction when driving with snow chains, or starting off in deep snow, sa...
- 198 <TABLE>
- 198 <TABLE BODY>
- 198 <TABLE ROW>
- 198 <TABLE ROW>
- 198 Warning!
- 198 Warning!
- 198 When the ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously, the ESP is switched off.
- 198 <TABLE ROW>
- 198 Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
- 198 Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
- 198 With the ESP system switched off, the engine torque reduction feature is cancelled. Therefore, th...
- 198 Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions.
- 198 A portion of the ESP system remains active, even with the switch in the OFF position.
- 198 If one drive wheel loses traction and begins to spin, the brake is applied until the wheel regain...
- 198 Note:
- 198 Note:
- 198 Avoid spinning of one drive wheel. This may cause serious damage to the drive train which is not ...
- 199 The ESP warning lamp, located in the speedometer dial, starts to flash at any vehicle speed as so...
- 199 To return to the enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESP: press lower half of the switch (the E...
- 199 Important!
- 199 Important!
- 199 If the ESP warning lamp flashes:
- 199 • during take-off, apply as little throttle as possible,
- 199 • during take-off, apply as little throttle as possible,
- 199 • while driving, ease up on the accelerator.
- 200 Level control system
- 200 Level control system
- 200 <GRAPHIC>
- 200 The switch is located next to the exterior lamp switch
- 200 1 Level control switch
- 200 1 Level control switch
- 200 2 Wheel change switch
- 200 Level control switch positions
- 200 Level control switch positions
- 200 Level control switch positions
- 200 Press upper half of switch once for option 1. One indicator lamp lights up.
- 200 Press upper half of switch twice for option 2. Both indicator lamps light up.
- 200 Note:
- 200 The indicator lamps blink at first, and stay on continuously once the selected level is attained.
- 200 Press lower half of switch once:
- 200 From option 2, system switches to option 1. Only one indicator lamp is illuminated.
- 200 From option 1, system returns to Normal Level. Indicator lamp goes out.
- 200 Press lower half of switch twice:
- 200 From option 2, system returns to Normal Level. Both indicator lamps go out.
- 201 Normal Level
- 201 Normal Level
- 201 Normal Level
- 201 Used for normal operation of the vehicle.
- 201 At speeds above approximately 60 mph (95 km/h) the vehicle chassis is lowered automatically by ab...
- 201 Option 1
- 201 Option 1
- 201 Level increases one half inch (15 mm)
- 201 Level increases one half inch (15 mm)
- 201 This setting may be used when road surface conditions are rough.
- 201 When option 1 is selected, the vehicle chassis is raised by one half inch (15 mm) at vehicle spee...
- 201 At speeds between approximately 35 mph (60 km/h) and 60 mph (95 km/h) the vehicle chassis is lowe...
- 201 At speeds above approximately 60 mph (95 km/h) the vehicle chassis is lowered an additional one h...
- 201 Notes:
- 201 When exceeding approximately 60 mph (95 km/h), the system switches from option 1 back to Normal L...
- 201 If speed exceeds 35 mph (60 km/h) but does not exceed 60 mph (95 km/h), the vehicle chassis will ...
- 201 Option 2
- 201 Option 2
- 201 Level increases one inch (30 mm)
- 201 Level increases one inch (30 mm)
- 201 This setting may be used when road surface conditions are very rough for increased ground clearance.
- 201 Upon selection of option 2 the vehicle chassis is raised by one inch (30 mm). This option can onl...
- 201 At speeds between approximately 15 mph (25 km/h) and 35 mph (60 km/h) the vehicle chassis is lowe...
- 202 At speeds between approximately 35 mph (60 km/h) and 60 mph (95 km/h) the vehicle chassis is lowe...
- 202 At speeds above approximately 60 mph (95 km/h) the vehicle chassis is lowered an additional one h...
- 202 Notes:
- 202 When exceeding approximately 35 mph (60 km/h), the system will switch from option 2 to option 1. ...
- 202 When exceeding approximately 60 mph (95 km/h) the system will switch from option 1 to Normal Leve...
- 202 If speed exceeds approx. 35 mph (60 km/h) but does not exceed 60 mph (95 km/h), the system will s...
- 202 If speed does not exceed 35 mph (60 km/h), the system will switch from option 2 to option 1 when ...
- 202 Wheel Change Switch
- 202 Wheel Change Switch
- 202 Wheel Change Switch
- 202 Prior to changing a wheel, depress wheel change switch with engine running. The indicator lamp in...
- 203 Adaptive Damping System (ADS)
- 203 Adaptive Damping System (ADS)
- 203 Depending upon road surface conditions, load, driving style, ADS will automatically adjust the op...
- 203 The malfunction indicator lamp comes on with the key in steering lock position 2 and should go ou...
- 203 If the malfunction indicator lamp stays on after the engine is running or comes on while driving,...
- 203 Have the ADS checked at your authorized MercedesBenz Center as soon as possible.
- 203 Note:
- 203 If the power supply was interrupted (battery disconnected or empty), the malfunction indicator la...
- 203 Turn the steering wheel from full left to full right lock position. The light should go out.
- 203 Adaptive damping system adjustment
- 203 Adaptive damping system adjustment
- 203 The switch is located in the center console.
- 203 1 Firm dampening program. This setting should be used for sporty driving. During the setting for ...
- 203 1 Firm dampening program. This setting should be used for sporty driving. During the setting for ...
- 203 2 Soft dampening program. This setting should be used for regular driving.
- 204 What you should know at the gas station
- 204 What you should know at the gas station
- 204 What you should know at the gas station
- 204 <GRAPHIC>
- 204 Fuel supply
- 204 Fuel supply
- 204 Fuel supply
- 204 Open flap by pushing near front (arrow). Turn fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until possib...
- 204 <TABLE>
- 204 <TABLE BODY>
- 204 <TABLE ROW>
- 204 Warning!
- 204 Warning!
- 204 Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous. It burns violently and can cause serious injury. When...
- 204 Fuel
- 204 Fuel
- 204 Fuel
- 204 To prevent fuel vapors from escaping into open air, fully insert filler nozzle unit.
- 204 Only fill fuel tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out — do not top up or overfill.
- 204 <TABLE>
- 204 <TABLE BODY>
- 204 <TABLE ROW>
- 204 Warning!
- 204 Warning!
- 204 Overfilling of fuel tank may result in creating pressure in the system which could cause a gas di...
- 204 Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the
- 204 Fuel tank capacity approx. 21.1 US gal (80.0 l). This includes approx. 2.6 US gal (10.0 l) reserve.
- 204 Use premium unleaded gasoline: Posted Octane Index 91 (Average of 96 RON/86 MON).
- 205 • Engine oil
- 205 • Engine oil
- 205 • Engine oil
- 205 Engine oil level check, see page
- 205 Fill quantity between upper and lower dipstick marking level: 2.1 US qt (2.0 l).
- 205 Recommended engine oils, see page
- 205 • Coolant
- 205 • Coolant
- 205 For normal replenishing, use water (potable water quality).
- 205 For further information (e.g. anticorrosion/ antifreeze), see page
- 205 • Spark plugs
- 205 • Spark plugs
- 205 Approved spark plugs, see page
- 205 • Tire pressure
- 205 • Tire pressure
- 205 For tire pressure, refer to tire pressure label inside the fuel filler flap.
- 205 • Air conditioner
- 205 • Air conditioner
- 205 R-134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant, see page
- 205 • Bulbs
- 205 • Bulbs
- 205 High and low beams: Halogen type 9004, low beam: Xenon, for model SL 600 (SL 500 optional) high b...
- 206 Check regularly and before a long trip
- 206 Check regularly and before a long trip
- 206 Check regularly and before a long trip
- 206 <GRAPHIC>
- 206 1 Coolant level
- 206 1 Coolant level
- 206 1 Coolant level
- 206 2 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system
- 206 2 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system
- 206 3 Engine oil level
- 206 3 Engine oil level
- 206 4 Brake fluid
- 206 4 Brake fluid
- 206 Opening hood, see page
- 206 Vehicle lighting:
- 206 Vehicle lighting:
- 206 Exterior lamp switch, see page
- 207 Contents – Instrument cluster display
- 207 Contents – Instrument cluster display
- 207 Contents – Instrument cluster display
- 207 Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 204
- 207 On-board diagnostic system Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 204
- 207 On-board diagnostic system Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 204
- 207 Brake warning lamp 204
- 207 Brake pad wear indicator lamp 205
- 207 Seat belt warning lamp 206
- 207 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp 206
- 207 Fuel reserve and fuel cap placement warning 207
- 207 Electronic stability program (ESP) - warning lamp 207
- 207 BAS-/ESP malfunction indicator lamp 207
- 207 ABS malfunction indicator lamp 208
- 207 Low engine coolant level warning lamp 209
- 207 Low windshield and headlamp washer system fluid level warning lamp 210
- 207 Low engine oil level warning lamp 210
- 207 Charge indicator lamp 211
- 207 Exterior lamp failure indicator lamp 211
- 207 Roll bar warning lamp 212
- 207 ADS indicator lamp 212
- 207 High beam indicator lamp 213
- 207 Additional function indicator lamps (in the odometer display) 213
- 207 Malfunction and indicator lamp (in the dashboard) 213
- 207 Passenger airbag indicator lamp 213
- 207 Passenger airbag indicator lamp 213
- 208 Instrument cluster display
- 208 Instrument cluster display
- 208 Instrument cluster display
- 208 Instrument cluster display
- 208 Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster
- 208 General information:
- 208 If a bulb in the instrument cluster fails to light up during the bulb selfcheck when turning the...
- 208 On-board diagnostic system Check engine malfunction indicator lamp
- 208 On-board diagnostic system Check engine malfunction indicator lamp
- 208 On-board diagnostic system Check engine malfunction indicator lamp
- 208 <GRAPHIC>
- 208 <GRAPHIC>
- 208 If the
- 208 With some exceptions, the control module switches off the
- 208 An on-board diagnostic connector is located in the passenger compartment near the engine hood rel...
- 208 Brake warning lamp
- 208 Brake warning lamp
- 208 Brake warning lamp
- 208 <GRAPHIC>
- 208 <GRAPHIC>
- 208 <GRAPHIC>
- 208 <GRAPHIC>
- 208 With the key in steering lock position 2, the brake warning lamp will come on. It should go out w...
- 209 The brake warning lamp will come on:
- 209 • when there is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir (engine running and parking brake relea...
- 209 • when there is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir (engine running and parking brake relea...
- 209 • when the parking brake is set (engine running).
- 209 <TABLE>
- 209 <TABLE BODY>
- 209 <TABLE ROW>
- 209 Warning!
- 209 Warning!
- 209 Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident. Have your brake system...
- 209 Note:
- 209 Note:
- 209 If you find that the minimum mark on the brake fluid reservoir is reached, have the brake system ...
- 209 Brake pad wear indicator lamp
- 209 Brake pad wear indicator lamp
- 209 Brake pad wear indicator lamp
- 209 <GRAPHIC>
- 209 <GRAPHIC>
- 209 If the indicator lamp lights up during braking, this indicates that the brake pads are worn down.
- 209 Have the brake system checked at your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possible.
- 210 Seat belt warning lamp
- 210 Seat belt warning lamp
- 210 Seat belt warning lamp
- 210 <GRAPHIC>
- 210 <GRAPHIC>
- 210 If a backrest is not engaged in its lock, a warning will sound intermittently for up to approx. 2...
- 210 After starting the engine, the seat belt warning lamp blinks for a brief period to remind the dri...
- 210 If the warning lamp does not go out after blinking briefly, but is instead lit continuously, then...
- 210 The warning lamp goes out as soon as the backrest is engaged in its lock.
- 210 If the backrest is locked and the warning lamp does not go out, have the system checked at your a...
- 210 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp
- 210 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp
- 210 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) indicator lamp
- 210 <GRAPHIC>
- 210 <GRAPHIC>
- 210 <TABLE>
- 210 <TABLE BODY>
- 210 <TABLE ROW>
- 210 Warning!
- 210 Warning!
- 210 In the event a malfunction of the
- 210 See page
- 211 Fuel reserve and fuel cap placement warning
- 211 Fuel reserve and fuel cap placement warning
- 211 Fuel reserve and fuel cap placement warning
- 211 <GRAPHIC>
- 211 <GRAPHIC>
- 211 If the warning lamp does not go out after starting the engine, or if it comes on while driving, i...
- 211 The warning lamp blinks when the fuel cap is not closed, or a fuel system leak has been detected....
- 211 If the warning lamp continues to blink after closing the fuel cap correctly, have the fuel system...
- 211 Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the
- 211 Electronic stability program (ESP)- warning lamp
- 211 Electronic stability program (ESP)- warning lamp
- 211 Electronic stability program (ESP)- warning lamp
- 211 <GRAPHIC>
- 211 <GRAPHIC>
- 211 See page
- 211 BAS-/ESP malfunction indicator lamp
- 211 BAS-/ESP malfunction indicator lamp
- 211 BAS-/ESP malfunction indicator lamp
- 211 <GRAPHIC>
- 211 <GRAPHIC>
- 211 The yellow BAS/ESP malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster come on with the key in s...
- 211 If the BAS/ESP malfunction indicator lamp comes on permanently with the engine running, see page
- 212 ABS malfunction indicator lamp
- 212 ABS malfunction indicator lamp
- 212 ABS malfunction indicator lamp
- 212 <GRAPHIC>
- 212 <GRAPHIC>
- 212 When the ABS malfunction indicator lamp symbol and warning in the instrument cluster come on whil...
- 212 With the ABS malfunctioning, the BAS and ESP are also switched off. Both malfunction indicator la...
- 212 If the charging voltage falls below 10 volts, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and the ABS...
- 212 Have the system checked at your authorized MercedesBenz Center as soon as possible.
- 212 See page
- 213 Low engine coolant level warning lamp
- 213 Low engine coolant level warning lamp
- 213 Low engine coolant level warning lamp
- 213 <GRAPHIC>
- 213 <GRAPHIC>
- 213 If the warning lamp does not go out after starting the engine, or if it comes on while driving, t...
- 213 The low engine coolant level warning light should not be ignored. Extended driving with the light...
- 213 In cases of major or frequent minor coolant loss, have the cooling system checked at your authori...
- 213 Note:
- 213 Note:
- 213 Do not drive without coolant in the cooling system. The engine will overheat causing major engine...
- 213 Monitor the coolant temperature gauge while driving.
- 213 <TABLE>
- 213 <TABLE BODY>
- 213 <TABLE ROW>
- 213 Warning!
- 213 Warning!
- 213 Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn i...
- 214 Low windshield and headlamp washer system fluid level warning lamp
- 214 Low windshield and headlamp washer system fluid level warning lamp
- 214 Low windshield and headlamp washer system fluid level warning lamp
- 214 <GRAPHIC>
- 214 <GRAPHIC>
- 214 If the warning lamp does not go out after starting the engine, or if it comes on while driving, t...
- 214 Low engine oil level warning lamp
- 214 Low engine oil level warning lamp
- 214 Low engine oil level warning lamp
- 214 <GRAPHIC>
- 214 <GRAPHIC>
- 214 If the warning lamp does not go out after starting the engine, or comes on with the engine runnin...
- 214 When this occurs, the warning lamp will first come on intermittently and then stay on if the oil ...
- 214 If no leaks are noted, continue to drive to the nearest service station where the engine oil shou...
- 214 The low engine oil level warning light should not be ignored. Extended driving with the light ill...
- 214 In addition to the warning lamp, the engine oil level should be periodically checked with the dip...
- 215 Charge indicator lamp
- 215 Charge indicator lamp
- 215 Charge indicator lamp
- 215 <GRAPHIC>
- 215 <GRAPHIC>
- 215 If the charge indicator lamp comes on, or a loss of power steering assistance is noticeable while...
- 215 Do not continue to drive the vehicle with the charge indicator lamp illuminated. Doing so could r...
- 215 Exterior lamp failure indicator lamp
- 215 Exterior lamp failure indicator lamp
- 215 Exterior lamp failure indicator lamp
- 215 <GRAPHIC>
- 215 <GRAPHIC>
- 215 If the warning lamp does not go out after starting the engine, or if it comes on while driving, t...
- 215 If an exterior lamp fails, the indicator lamp will come on only when that lamp is switched on.
- 215 If a brake lamp fails, the lamp failure indicator will come on when applying the brake and stays ...
- 215 Note:
- 215 Note:
- 215 If additional lighting equipment is installed (e.g. auxiliary headlamps etc.) be certain to conne...
- 216 Roll bar warning lamp
- 216 Roll bar warning lamp
- 216 Roll bar warning lamp
- 216 <GRAPHIC>
- 216 <GRAPHIC>
- 216 <TABLE>
- 216 <TABLE BODY>
- 216 <TABLE ROW>
- 216 Warning!
- 216 Warning!
- 216 If the warning lamp does not go out after starting the engine, or if it comes on while driving, a...
- 216 Have the roll bar system checked at your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possible.
- 216 ADS indicator lamp
- 216 ADS indicator lamp
- 216 ADS indicator lamp
- 216 If the malfunction indicator stays on after the engine is running, then the oil level in the rese...
- 216 Have the ADS checked at your authorized MercedesBenz Center as soon as possible.
- 216 For detailed information see page
- 217 High beam indicator lamp
- 217 High beam indicator lamp
- 217 High beam indicator lamp
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 Additional function indicator lamps (in the odometer display)
- 217 Additional function indicator lamps (in the odometer display)
- 217 Additional function indicator lamps (in the odometer display)
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 <GRAPHIC>
- 217 Malfunction and indicator lamp (in the dashboard)
- 217 Malfunction and indicator lamp (in the dashboard)
- 217 Malfunction and indicator lamp (in the dashboard)
- 217 Passenger airbag indicator lamp
- 217 Passenger airbag indicator lamp
- 217 Passenger airbag indicator lamp
- 217 ü
- 217 ü
- 217 ü
- 217 Passenger airbag automatically switched off, seepage
- 218 Contents – Practical hints
- 218 Contents – Practical hints
- 218 Contents – Practical hints
- 218 First aid kit 215
- 218 Stowing things in the vehicle 215
- 218 Vehicle tools 216
- 218 Vehicle jack 217
- 218 Fuses 218
- 218 Hood 219
- 218 Automatic transmission fluid level 221
- 218 Checking engine oil level 221
- 218 Coolant level 223
- 218 Adding coolant 224
- 218 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio 225
- 218 Wheels 226
- 218 Tire replacement 226
- 218 Rotating wheels 227
- 218 Spare wheel 228
- 218 Changing wheels 230
- 218 Tire inflation pressure 234
- 218 Battery 236
- 218 Battery Recycling 237
- 218 Battery Recycling 237
- 218 Jump starting 238
- 218 Towing the vehicle 240
- 218 Exterior lamps 242
- 218 Headlamp assembly (Halogen) 243
- 218 Headlamp assembly (Halogen) 243
- 218 Taillamp assemblies 249
- 218 Changing batteries in the remote control 251
- 218 Synchronizing 252
- 218 Synchronizing 252
- 218 Raising soft top manually 253
- 218 Replacing wiper blade insert 257
- 218 Manual release of fuel filler flap 259
- 218 Trunk lamp 259
- 219 Practical hints
- 219 Practical hints
- 219 Practical hints
- 219 Practical hints
- 219 First aid kit
- 219 The first aid kit is located in the storage compartment behind the seats.
- 219 Stowing things in the vehicle
- 219 Stowing things in the vehicle
- 219 Stowing things in the vehicle
- 219 <TABLE>
- 219 <TABLE BODY>
- 219 <TABLE ROW>
- 219 Warning!
- 219 Warning!
- 219 To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver, exercise care when stowing t...
- 220 Vehicle tools
- 220 Vehicle tools
- 220 Vehicle tools
- 220 <GRAPHIC>
- 220 1 Trunk floor
- 220 1 Trunk floor
- 220 2 Strap
- 220 3 Structured spare wheel
- 220 4 Wing nut and washer
- 220 5 Jack arm
- 220 6 Jack base
- 220 7 Tool kit
- 220 Roll back the floor mat, lift the trunk floor (1) and engage strap (2) in the hooks on the upper ...
- 220 First remove the vehicle jack, then the spare wheel; reinstall in reverse order.
- 221 Vehicle jack
- 221 Vehicle jack
- 221 Vehicle jack
- 221 See illustration for proper storage of jack.
- 221 Before storing the jack, the jack arm (5) must be lowered almost to the base (6) of the jack.
- 221 Note:
- 221 First remove the vehicle jack, then the spare wheel; reinstall in reverse order.
- 221 <TABLE>
- 221 <TABLE BODY>
- 221 <TABLE ROW>
- 221 <TABLE ROW>
- 221 Warning!
- 221 Warning!
- 221 The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack tubes built into either s...
- 221 <TABLE ROW>
- 221 Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is always ve...
- 221 Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is always ve...
- 222 Fuses
- 222 Fuses
- 222 Fuses
- 222 <GRAPHIC>
- 222 1 Main fuse box in engine compartment
- 222 1 Main fuse box in engine compartment
- 222 2 Auxiliary fuse box in trunk on rear wall
- 222 P54.15-2104-26
- 222 P54.15-2104-26
- 222 <GRAPHIC>
- 222 Spare fuses are supplied inside the fuse box. Observe amperage and color of fuse.
- 222 Always use a new fuse for replacement. Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse.
- 222 A fuse chart can be found inside the corresponding fuse box cover.
- 222 After replacing a blown fuse, close fuse box cover.
- 223 Hood
- 223 Hood
- 223 Hood
- 223 <GRAPHIC>
- 223 To open:
- 223 To unlock the hood, pull release lever under the driver’s side of the instrument panel.
- 223 Pull handle (2) up and open hood.
- 223 Caution!
- 223 Caution!
- 223 To avoid damage to the windshield wipers or hood, open the hood only with wipers in the parked po...
- 223 P88.40-2051-26
- 223 P88.40-2051-26
- 223 P88.40-2051-26
- 223 <GRAPHIC>
- 223 Pull handle (2) to its stop out of radiator grill, and open hood (do not pull up on handle).
- 223 Note:
- 223 Do not lift hood at louvers of grill! Make certain the windshield wiper arm is not folded forward.
- 224 To close:
- 224 Lower hood and let it drop into lock from a height of approx. 1 ft. (30 cm), assisting with hands...
- 224 To avoid hood damage, please make sure that hood is fully closed. If not, repeat closing procedur...
- 224 <TABLE>
- 224 <TABLE BODY>
- 224 <TABLE ROW>
- 224 Warning!
- 224 Warning!
- 224 To help prevent personal injury, stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine ...
- 224 <TABLE ROW>
- 224 The radiator fan may continue to run another approximate 30 seconds or even restart after the eng...
- 224 The radiator fan may continue to run another approximate 30 seconds or even restart after the eng...
- 224 <TABLE ROW>
- 224 The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system. Because of the high voltage it is d...
- 224 The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system. Because of the high voltage it is d...
- 224 • with the engine running,
- 224 • with the engine running,
- 224 • while starting the engine,
- 224 • if ignition is
- 224 <TABLE ROW>
- 224 If you see flames, steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment, or if the coolant temperatu...
- 224 If you see flames, steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment, or if the coolant temperatu...
- 225 Automatic transmission fluid level
- 225 Automatic transmission fluid level
- 225 Automatic transmission fluid level
- 225 The transmission has a permanent fill of automatic transmission fluid.
- 225 Regular automatic transmission fluid level checks and changes are not required. For this reason t...
- 225 If you notice fluid loss or gear shifting malfunctions, have your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center...
- 225 Checking engine oil level
- 225 Checking engine oil level
- 225 Checking engine oil level
- 225 <GRAPHIC>
- 225 SL 500
- 225 1 Oil dipstick
- 225 1 Oil dipstick
- 225 2 Oil filler cap
- 225 To check the engine oil level, park vehicle on level ground, with engine at normal operational te...
- 225 Check engine oil level approximately 5 minutes after stopping the engine, allowing for the oil to...
- 226 SL 600
- 226 1 Oil dipstick
- 226 1 Oil dipstick
- 226 2 Oil filler cap
- 226 Wipe oil dipstick clean prior to checking the engine oil level. Fully insert dipstick in tube, an...
- 226 <GRAPHIC>
- 226 <GRAPHIC>
- 226 Fill quantity between upper and lower dipstick marking level is approximately 2.1 US qt (2.0l).
- 226 Do not overfill the engine.
- 226 Do not overfill the engine.
- 226 For low engine oil level warning, see page
- 227 Coolant level
- 227 Coolant level
- 227 Coolant level
- 227 <GRAPHIC>
- 227 1 Cap for coolant reservoir
- 227 1 Cap for coolant reservoir
- 227 The coolant level can be checked visually at the transparent coolant reservoir.
- 227 To check the coolant level, the vehicle must be parked on level ground.
- 227 Check coolant level only when coolant is cold:
- 227 The coolant should reach the rib in the filler neck. Also see marking (arrow) on reservoir.
- 228 Adding coolant
- 228 Adding coolant
- 228 Adding coolant
- 228 If coolant has to be added, a 50/50 mixture of water and MB anticorrosion/antifreeze should be ad...
- 228 Model SL 500
- 228 Model SL 500
- 228 The drain plugs for the cooling system are located on the right side of the engine block and at t...
- 228 Model SL 600
- 228 Model SL 600
- 228 The drain plugs for the cooling system are located on the right and left sides of the engine bloc...
- 228 Anticorrosion/antifreeze, see coolants on page
- 228 <TABLE>
- 228 <TABLE BODY>
- 228 <TABLE ROW>
- 228 <TABLE ROW>
- 228 Warning!
- 228 Warning!
- 228 In order to avoid possible serious burns or injury:
- 228 • Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking fr...
- 228 • Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking fr...
- 228 <TABLE ROW>
- 228 • Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if engine temperature is above 194ËšF (90°C). Al...
- 228 • Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if engine temperature is above 194ËšF (90
- 228 • Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if engine temperature is above 194ËšF (90
- 228 <TABLE ROW>
- 228 • Using a rag, slowly open cap approximately 1/2 turn to relieve excess pressure. If opened immed...
- 228 • Using a rag, slowly open cap approximately 1/2 turn to relieve excess pressure. If opened immed...
- 228 • Using a rag, slowly open cap approximately 1/2 turn to relieve excess pressure. If opened immed...
- 228 <TABLE ROW>
- 228 • Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn...
- 228 • Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn...
- 228 • Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn...
- 229 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
- 229 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
- 229 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio
- 229 <GRAPHIC>
- 229 1 Windshield washer/headlamp cleaning system fluidreservoir
- 229 1 Windshield washer/headlamp cleaning system fluidreservoir
- 229 Vehicles without ADS: Capacity approx. 5.3 US qt (5.0 l)
- 229 Vehicles with ADS: Capacity approx. 3.2 US qt (3.0 l)
- 229 The reservoir should be refilled with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water (or concentrate ...
- 229 For temperatures above freezing:
- 229 MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
- 229 1 part
- 229 For temperature below freezing:
- 229 MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
- 229 1 part
- 230 Wheels
- 230 Wheels
- 230 Wheels
- 230 Replace rims or tires with the same designation, manufacturer and type as shown on the original p...
- 230 See your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires...
- 230 Tire replacement
- 230 Tire replacement
- 230 Tire replacement
- 230 Front and rear tires should be replaced in sets. Furthermore - in the event of tire replacement -...
- 230 We recommend that you break in new tires for approx. 60miles (100km) at moderate speed.
- 230 It is imperative that the wheel mounting bolts be fastened to a tightening torque of 80ft.lb. (1...
- 230 For rim and tire specifications, see page
- 230 <TABLE>
- 230 <TABLE BODY>
- 230 <TABLE ROW>
- 231 <TABLE ROW>
- 231 Warning!
- 231 Warning!
- 231 When replacing a tire on the 9
- 231 <TABLE ROW>
- 231 Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If the tire tread is badly worn, or if the tires have sustai...
- 231 Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If the tire tread is badly worn, or if the tires have sustai...
- 231 <TABLE ROW>
- 231 When replacing rims, use only genuine Mercedes- Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim...
- 231 When replacing rims, use only genuine Mercedes- Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim...
- 231 Rotating wheels
- 231 Rotating wheels
- 231 Rotating wheels
- 231 Wheel rotation applies only when winter tires are mounted on all four wheels.
- 231 The wheels can be rotated according to the degree of tire wear while retaining the same direction...
- 231 Rotating, however, should be carried out as recommended by the tire manufacturer, before the char...
- 231 Important!
- 231 Important!
- 231 Unidirectional tires must always be mounted with arrow on tire sidewall pointing in direction of ...
- 231 Notes:
- 231 Notes:
- 232 Thoroughly clean the inner side of the wheels any time you rotate the wheels or wash the vehicle ...
- 232 The use of retread tires is not recommended. Retread tires may adversely affect the handling char...
- 232 Dented or bent rims can cause tire pressure loss and damage to the tire beads. For this reason, c...
- 232 Check and ensure proper tire inflation pressure after rotating the wheels. For tire inflation pre...
- 232 Spare wheel
- 232 Spare wheel
- 232 The spare wheel rim size is 8
- 232 In the case of a flat tire, or breakdown, you may temporarily use the spare wheel.
- 232 Unidirectional tires must always be mounted with arrow on tire sidewall pointing in direction of ...
- 232 If the arrow on tire sidewall does not point in direction of vehicle forward movement when using ...
- 232 • Drive to the nearest repair facility to have the flat tire repaired or replaced as appropriate.
- 232 • Drive to the nearest repair facility to have the flat tire repaired or replaced as appropriate.
- 232 • Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted.
- 232 For additional information, refer to page
- 233 Spare Wheel
- 233 Spare Wheel
- 233 The spare wheel rim size is 8
- 233 In the case of a flat tire or breakdown, you may temporarily use the spare wheel.
- 233 Unidirectional tires must always be mounted with arrow on tire sidewall pointing in direction of ...
- 233 • Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
- 233 • Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).
- 233 • Drive to the nearest repair facility to have the flat tire repaired or replaced as appropriate.
- 233 • Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted.
- 233 For additional information, refer to page
- 234 Changing wheels
- 234 Changing wheels
- 234 Changing wheels
- 234 <TABLE>
- 234 <TABLE BODY>
- 234 <TABLE ROW>
- 234 The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack tubes built into either s...
- 234 The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack tubes built into either s...
- 234 <TABLE ROW>
- 234 Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is always ve...
- 234 Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised. Be certain that the jack is always ve...
- 234 <TABLE ROW>
- 234 Before working on the vehicle, e.g. when changing wheels, the roll bar should be raised with the ...
- 234 Before working on the vehicle, e.g. when changing wheels, the roll bar should be raised with the ...
- 234 Move vehicle to a level area which is a safe distance from the roadway.
- 234 1. Firmly set parking brake, raise roll bar, and turn on hazard warning flasher.
- 234 1. Firmly set parking brake, raise roll bar, and turn on hazard warning flasher.
- 234 2. Move selector lever to position
- 234 3. While engine is running, depress wheel change switch for level control. The indicator lamp in ...
- 234 4. Turn off engine.
- 234 5. Prevent vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks (not supplied with vehi...
- 235 <GRAPHIC>
- 235 <GRAPHIC>
- 235 <GRAPHIC>
- 235 <GRAPHIC>
- 235 The tube openings are located directly behind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear w...
- 236 <GRAPHIC>
- 236 <GRAPHIC>
- 236 9. Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is clear of the ground. Never start engine while vehicle i...
- 236 10. Unscrew upper-most wheel bolt and install alignment bolt (1) supplied in the tool kit. Remove...
- 236 <GRAPHIC>
- 236 <GRAPHIC>
- 236 12. Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub. Install spare wheel on wheel hub. Insert wheel...
- 236 To avoid paint damage, place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while installing first whee...
- 236 Unscrew the alignment bolt (1) to install the last wheel bolt.
- 237 13. Lower vehicle. Remove jack and insert jack tube cover.
- 237 Before storing the jack, the jack arm must be lowered almost to the base of the jack.
- 237 Store the spare wheel first and then the vehicle jack.
- 237 <TABLE>
- 237 <TABLE BODY>
- 237 <TABLE ROW>
- 237 Warning!
- 237 Warning!
- 237 Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted.
- 237 <TABLE ROW>
- 237 Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts.
- 237 Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts.
- 237 <TABLE ROW>
- 237 Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately.
- 237 Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately.
- 237 <TABLE ROW>
- 237 Incorrect mounting bolts or improperly tightened mounting bolts can cause the wheel to come off. ...
- 237 Incorrect mounting bolts or improperly tightened mounting bolts can cause the wheel to come off. ...
- 237 <GRAPHIC>
- 237 <GRAPHIC>
- 237 <GRAPHIC>
- 237 Observe a tightening torque of 80 ft.lb. (110 Nm).
- 237 15. Ensure proper tire pressure.
- 237 16. Depress wheel change switch for level control. The indicator lamp in the switch and the ADS m...
- 237 <TABLE>
- 237 <TABLE>
- 237 <TABLE BODY>
- 237 <TABLE ROW>
- 238 <TABLE ROW>
- 238 Warning!
- 238 Warning!
- 238 Do not drive the vehicle while the wheel change switch is activated since the vehicle suspension ...
- 238 <TABLE>
- 238 <TABLE BODY>
- 238 <TABLE ROW>
- 238 Warning!
- 238 Warning!
- 238 The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only. Use for over a total of 12 000 miles (20 000 km) m...
- 238 <TABLE ROW>
- 238 Vehicles with Sport Package: The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of road w...
- 238 Vehicles with Sport Package: The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of road w...
- 238 <TABLE ROW>
- 238 The spare wheel should only be used temporarily, and replaced with a regular road wheel as quickl...
- 238 The spare wheel should only be used temporarily, and replaced with a regular road wheel as quickl...
- 238 Tire inflation pressure
- 238 Tire inflation pressure
- 238 Tire inflation pressure
- 238 A table (see fuel filler flap) lists the tire inflation pressures specified for Mercedes-Benz rec...
- 238 Important!
- 238 Important!
- 238 Tire pressure changes by approx. 1.5 psi (0.1 bar) per 18
- 238 Example:
- 238 If garage temperature = approx. +68
- 238 Tire pressures listed for light loads are minimum values offering high driving comfort. Increased...
- 238 Tire temperature and pressure increase with the vehicle speed. Tire pressure should therefore onl...
- 239 An underinflated tire due to a slow leak (e.g. due to a nail in the tire) may cause damage such a...
- 239 If a tire constantly loses air, it should be inspected for damage.
- 239 The spare tire should be checked periodically for condition and inflation. Spare tire will age an...
- 239 <TABLE>
- 239 <TABLE BODY>
- 239 <TABLE ROW>
- 239 <TABLE ROW>
- 239 Warning!
- 239 Warning!
- 239 Do not overinflate tires. Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation (blowout) because th...
- 239 <TABLE ROW>
- 239 Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight (as indicated by the...
- 239 Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight (as indicated by the...
- 240 Battery
- 240 Battery
- 240 Battery
- 240 <TABLE>
- 240 <TABLE BODY>
- 240 <TABLE ROW>
- 240 Warning!
- 240 Warning!
- 240 Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death.
- 240 <TABLE ROW>
- 240 Never lean over batteries while connecting, you might get injured.
- 240 Never lean over batteries while connecting, you might get injured.
- 240 <TABLE ROW>
- 240 Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes, skin ...
- 240 Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes, skin ...
- 240 <TABLE ROW>
- 240 A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and explosive. Keep flames or sparks...
- 240 A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and explosive. Keep flames or sparks...
- 240 Important!
- 240 Important!
- 240 Battery replacement information:
- 240 The maintenance-free battery is located in the trunk behind the right side cover panel.
- 240 The service life of the battery is dependent on its condition of charge. The battery should alway...
- 240 Therefore, we strongly recommend that you have the battery charge checked frequently, and correct...
- 240 Therefore, we strongly recommend that you have the battery charge checked frequently, and correct...
- 240 Only charge a battery with a battery charger after the battery has been disconnected from the veh...
- 240 Always disconnect the battery negative lead first and connect last.
- 240 When removing and connecting the battery, always make sure that all electrical consumers are off ...
- 240 While the engine is running the battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached, otherwi...
- 240 Important!
- 240 Important!
- 241 Do not close a door with the windows fully closed while the power supply is interrupted (battery ...
- 241 Doing so could damage the window frame.
- 241 Note:
- 241 Note:
- 241 After reconnecting the battery also set the clock, resynchronize the express feature of the power...
- 241 Battery Recycling
- 241 Battery Recycling
- 241 Battery Recycling
- 241 Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment with improper disposal.
- 241 Large 12 Volt storage batteries contain lead.
- 241 Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal.
- 241 Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling.
- 242 Jump starting
- 242 Jump starting
- 242 Jump starting
- 242 <TABLE>
- 242 <TABLE BODY>
- 242 <TABLE ROW>
- 242 Warning!
- 242 Warning!
- 242 Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components, and can lead t...
- 242 <TABLE ROW>
- 242 Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting, you might get injured.
- 242 Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting, you might get injured.
- 242 <TABLE ROW>
- 242 Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes, skin ...
- 242 Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes, skin ...
- 242 <TABLE ROW>
- 242 A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and very explosive. Keep flames or s...
- 242 A battery will also produce hydrogen gas, which is flammable and very explosive. Keep flames or s...
- 242 <TABLE ROW>
- 242 Read all instructions before proceeding.
- 242 Read all instructions before proceeding.
- 242 Important!
- 242 Important!
- 242 A discharged battery can freeze at approx. +14
- 242 Jumper cable specifications:
- 242 • Minimum cable cross-section of 25 mm
- 242 • Minimum cable cross-section of 25 mm
- 242 • Maximum length of 11.5 ft. (3.5m).
- 242 If the battery is discharged, the engine should be started with jumper cables and the (12V) batt...
- 242 Only use 12V battery to jump start your vehicle. Jump starting with more powerful battery could ...
- 242 The battery is located in the trunk behind the right side cover panel.
- 243 Proceed as follows:
- 243 1. Position the vehicle with the charged battery so that the jumper cables will reach, but never ...
- 243 1. Position the vehicle with the charged battery so that the jumper cables will reach, but never ...
- 243 2. On both vehicles:
- 243 Important!
- 243 Important!
- 243 3. Clamp one end of the first jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery...
- 243 3. Clamp one end of the first jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery...
- 243 4. Clamp one end of the second jumper cable to the grounded negative (-) terminal of the charged ...
- 243 Important!
- 243 Important!
- 243 5. Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at high idle. Make sure the cable...
- 243 5. Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at high idle. Make sure the cable...
- 243 6. After the engine has started, remove jumper cables by exactly reversing the above installation...
- 243 Note:
- 243 Note:
- 243 If engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts, have it checked at the neare...
- 243 Excessive unburned fuel may damage the catalytic converter.
- 244 Towing the vehicle
- 244 Towing the vehicle
- 244 Towing the vehicle
- 244 <GRAPHIC>
- 244 All except Sport Package
- 244 All except Sport Package
- 244 The rear towing eye is located at the right, below the bumper. The front towing eye is located on...
- 244 Cover removal for all except Sport Package version: Insert finger in recess of flap and pull flap...
- 244 Cover removal for Sport Package version: Pull cover away from bumper.
- 244 P88.20-2073-26
- 244 P88.20-2073-26
- 244 P88.20-2073-26
- 244 <GRAPHIC>
- 244 Sport Package
- 244 Sport Package
- 244 Cover installation for all except Sport Package version: Engage cover at bottom and press in top ...
- 244 Cover installation for Sport Package version: Engage right cover end, and press in left cover end...
- 244 We recommend that the vehicle be transported using flat bed equipment. This method is preferable ...
- 245 The vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground and the selector lever in position “N” for...
- 245 To be certain to avoid a possibility of damage to the transmission, however, we recommend the dri...
- 245 Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Towing with sling-type equipment over bumpy roads will dama...
- 245 The use of wheel lift equipment will damage engine oil pan.
- 245 Important!
- 245 Important!
- 245 When towing the vehicle, please, note the following:
- 245 With the automatic central locking activated and the key in steering lock position 2, the vehicle...
- 245 To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking, deactivate the automatic central locking.
- 245 When transporting vehicle on flat bed equipment, the front end of the vehicle must be loaded firs...
- 245 <TABLE>
- 245 <TABLE BODY>
- 245 <TABLE ROW>
- 245 Warning!
- 245 Warning!
- 245 With the engine not running, there is no power assistance for the braking and steering systems. I...
- 245 Note:
- 245 Note:
- 245 To signal turns while being towed with hazard warning flasher in use, turn key in steering lock t...
- 245 Upon canceling the turn signal, the hazard warning flasher will operate again.
- 246 Exterior lamps
- 246 Exterior lamps
- 246 Exterior lamps
- 246 Replacing bulbs
- 246 Replacing bulbs
- 246 To prevent a possible electrical short circuit, switch off lamp prior to replacing a bulb.
- 246 When replacing bulbs, install only 12 volt bulbs with the specified watt rating.
- 246 When replacing halogen bulbs do not touch glass portion of bulb with bare hands. Use plain paper ...
- 246 <TABLE>
- 246 <TABLE BODY>
- 246 <TABLE ROW>
- 246 Warning!
- 246 Warning!
- 246 Bulbs and bulb holders can be very hot. Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb.
- 246 Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas. A bulb can explode if you:
- 246 • touch or move it when hot,
- 246 • touch or move it when hot,
- 246 • drop the bulb,
- 246 • scratch the bulb.
- 246 <TABLE ROW>
- 246 Wear eye and hand protection.
- 246 Wear eye and hand protection.
- 246 <TABLE>
- 246 <TABLE BODY>
- 246 <TABLE ROW>
- 246 Warning!
- 246 Warning!
- 246 Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps, it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp an...
- 247 Headlamp assembly (Halogen)
- 247 Headlamp assembly (Halogen)
- 247 Headlamp assembly (Halogen)
- 247 <GRAPHIC>
- 247 1 Headlamp horizontal adjustment screw
- 247 1 Headlamp horizontal adjustment screw
- 247 2 Headlamp vertical adjustment screw
- 247 3 High and low beam headlamp cover
- 247 4 Squeeze latches for high and low beam headlamp cover
- 247 P82.10-2352-26
- 247 P82.10-2352-26
- 247 P82.10-2352-26
- 247 <GRAPHIC>
- 247 5 Turn signal, parking, side marker and standing lamp bulb
- 247 5 Turn signal, parking, side marker and standing lamp bulb
- 247 6 Electrical connector for high and low beam headlamp bulb
- 247 7 Clamping ring for high and low beam headlamp bulb
- 248 Exterior lamps:Bulb for high and low beam
- 248 Exterior lamps:Bulb for high and low beam
- 248 Exterior lamps:Bulb for high and low beam
- 248 Squeeze latches (4) and remove cover (3) upwards. Pull off electrical connector (6). Turn clampin...
- 248 Insert new bulb (flat side facing up), mount clamping ring (7) (with tab facing down) and turn cl...
- 248 Turn signal, parking, side marker and standing lamp (2357 NA (28.5/8.3 W/30/2.2 cp) (bulb)
- 248 Turn signal, parking, side marker and standing lamp (2357 NA (28.5/8.3 W/30/2.2 cp) (bulb)
- 248 Open hood.
- 248 Turn bulb socket (5) with bulb counterclockwise and pull out. Push bulb into socket, turn counter...
- 248 Insert new bulb in socket, push in and twist clockwise. Reinstall bulb socket, push in and twist ...
- 249 Exterior lamps:Headlamp assembly (Xenon)
- 249 Exterior lamps:Headlamp assembly (Xenon)
- 249 Exterior lamps:Headlamp assembly (Xenon)
- 249 <GRAPHIC>
- 249 <TABLE>
- 249 <TABLE BODY>
- 249 <TABLE ROW>
- 249 Warning!
- 249 Warning!
- 249 Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps, it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp an...
- 249 1 Headlamp horizontal adjustment screw
- 249 1 Headlamp horizontal adjustment screw
- 249 2 Headlamp vertical adjustment screw
- 249 3 Adjuster for horizontal adjustment scale
- 249 4 Cover for low beam headlamp
- 249 5 Latch for cover (4)
- 249 6 Cover for high beam headlamp
- 249 7 Latch for cover (6)
- 250 <GRAPHIC>
- 250 8 Turn signal, parking, side marker and standing lamp bulb
- 250 8 Turn signal, parking, side marker and standing lamp bulb
- 250 9 Electrical connector for high beam headlamp bulb
- 250 10 Electrical connector for low beam headlamp bulb
- 251 Adjusting headlamp aim
- 251 Adjusting headlamp aim
- 251 <GRAPHIC>
- 251 Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important. To check and readjust a headlamp, follow step...
- 251 • Adjustments to low beam simultaneously aim the high beam.
- 251 • Adjustments to low beam simultaneously aim the high beam.
- 251 • Vehicle should have a normal trunk load.
- 251 • Vertical aim adjustments change horizontal aim.
- 251 1. Park vehicle on level surface approximately 25 ft. (7.6 m) from a vertical test screen or wall...
- 251 1. Park vehicle on level surface approximately 25 ft. (7.6 m) from a vertical test screen or wall...
- 251 2. (Low beams on): Using a carpenter‘s level, align and mark a vertical centerline (8) on the tes...
- 251 3. Open hood.
- 251 4. Vertical headlamp aim (Low beams on): Turn adjusting screw (2) (counterclockwise to adjust hea...
- 252 <GRAPHIC>
- 252 <GRAPHIC>
- 252 <GRAPHIC>
- 252 <GRAPHIC>
- 252 7. Reinstall access cover (4).
- 252 Note: If it is not possible to obtain a proper headlamp adjustment, have the system checked at yo...
- 253 Taillamp assemblies
- 253 Taillamp assemblies
- 253 Taillamp assemblies
- 253 <GRAPHIC>
- 253 1 Side marker lamp (10 W/6 cp bulb)
- 253 1 Side marker lamp (10 W/6 cp bulb)
- 253 2 Turn signal lamp (21 W/32 cp bulb)
- 253 3 Tail, parking and standing lamp (21/4 W/32/2 cp bulb) Driver’s side: Tail, parking, standing an...
- 253 4 Backup lamp (21 W/32 cp bulb)
- 253 5 Stop lamp (21 W/32 cp bulb)
- 254 <GRAPHIC>
- 254 <GRAPHIC>
- 254 Push the locking button (1) on the rear of the lamp support inward and swing open lamp support. P...
- 254 Insert new bulb in socket, push in and twist clockwise. Close lamp support.
- 254 License plate lamps (5 W/4cp bulb)
- 254 License plate lamps (5 W/4cp bulb)
- 254 Exterior lamps:License plate lamps
- 254 Exterior lamps:License plate lamps
- 255 Changing batteries in the remote control
- 255 Changing batteries in the remote control
- 255 Changing batteries in the remote control
- 255 <GRAPHIC>
- 255 Checking batteries
- 255 Checking batteries
- 255 If the transmit button
- 255 Change batteries if the battery check lamp does not light up briefly.
- 255 P80.30-2094-26
- 255 P80.30-2094-26
- 255 P80.30-2094-26
- 255 <GRAPHIC>
- 255 Changing batteries
- 255 Changing batteries
- 255 P80.30-2006-26
- 255 P80.30-2006-26
- 256 <GRAPHIC>
- 256 <GRAPHIC>
- 256 Press battery cover onto housing until locked in place.
- 256 Important!
- 256 Important!
- 256 Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly. Recycling of...
- 256 Replacement Battery: Lithium, type CR2025 or equivalent.
- 256 Synchronizing
- 256 Synchronizing
- 256 Synchronizing
- 256 The system may have to be resynchronized, if the transmitter is without voltage for several minutes.
- 256 To synchronize system, aim transmitter eye at vehicle and briefly press transmit button
- 256 The remote control should once again be operational.
- 257 Raising soft top manually
- 257 Raising soft top manually
- 257 Raising soft top manually
- 257 In case of malfunction, the power soft top can also be raised manually. This procedure should be ...
- 257 A combination open-end/Allenhead wrench in the vehicle tool kit is required for this job.
- 257 1. Open doors or lower windows.
- 257 1. Open doors or lower windows.
- 257 2. Lower roll bar with roll bar switch. If the roll bar cannot be lowered, the soft top can be ca...
- 257 3. For safety reasons, remove key from steering lock.
- 257 <TABLE>
- 257 <TABLE BODY>
- 257 <TABLE ROW>
- 257 Warning!
- 257 Warning!
- 257 Do not place your hands near the roll bar, soft top frame, upper windshield area or soft top stor...
- 257 <GRAPHIC>
- 257 <GRAPHIC>
- 257 <GRAPHIC>
- 257 Open storage compartment cover and place in upright position (2).
- 258 <GRAPHIC>
- 258 <GRAPHIC>
- 258 6. Pull soft top bow (4) out of compartment.
- 258 <GRAPHIC>
- 258 <GRAPHIC>
- 258 8. Place soft top bow (4) in its vertical position.
- 259 <GRAPHIC>
- 259 <GRAPHIC>
- 259 <GRAPHIC>
- 259 <GRAPHIC>
- 259 1. Left lock to first notch.
- 259 2. Right lock to second notch.
- 259 3. Left lock to second notch.
- 260 <GRAPHIC>
- 260 <GRAPHIC>
- 260 12. Lower soft top bow (4). The rear section of the soft top cannot be locked during manual opera...
- 261 Replacing wiper blade insert
- 261 Replacing wiper blade insert
- 261 Replacing wiper blade insert
- 261 <GRAPHIC>
- 261 Windshield wiper blade
- 261 Windshield wiper blade
- 261 Removal:
- 261 Fold wiper arm forward. Press safety tab down (1), push wiper blade downward (2) and remove.
- 261 Installation:
- 261 Press down safety tab of new wiper blade. Insert wiper blade between the tabs (3) on the wiper ar...
- 261 Notes:
- 261 Do not open engine hood with wiper arm folded forward.
- 261 Do not allow the wiper arm to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted. The gl...
- 261 Make certain that the wiper blade is properly installed. An improperly installed wiper blade may ...
- 262 Headlamp wiper blades
- 262 Headlamp wiper blades
- 262 <GRAPHIC>
- 262 Removal:
- 262 Fold wiper arm forward. Pull out pin (1) and remove wiper blade (2).
- 262 Installation:
- 262 Insert wiper blade and install pin.
- 262 Headlamp wiper blades
- 262 Headlamp wiper blades
- 262 <GRAPHIC>
- 262 Removal:
- 262 Fold wiper arm forward. Rotate wiper blade (2) in direction of arrow (1) until it releases from t...
- 262 Installation:
- 262 Insert wiper blade (2) onto arm, perpendicular to arm, and rotate in direction of arrow (3) until...
- 263 Manual release of fuel filler flap
- 263 Manual release of fuel filler flap
- 263 Manual release of fuel filler flap
- 263 <GRAPHIC>
- 263 The manual release knob is located behind cover (2) in the right slide trunk panel.
- 263 In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap:
- 263 1. Unscrew wing nut (1)
- 263 1. Unscrew wing nut (1)
- 263 2. Pull panel (2) away from trunk wall.
- 263 3. Pull the manual release knob (3) (arrow) while simultaneously opening the fuel filler flap.
- 263 Trunk lamp
- 263 Trunk lamp
- 263 Trunk lamp
- 263 <GRAPHIC>
- 263 1 Switching off
- 263 1 Switching off
- 263 2 Switching on
- 263 Switch off trunk lamp if the trunk is to remain open for a long period of time. This prevents the...
- 263 When the trunk lid is closed, the switch will reset and turn on the lamp the next time the lid is...
- 264 Contents – Vehicle care
- 264 Contents – Vehicle care
- 264 Contents – Vehicle care
- 264 Cleaning and care of the vehicle 261
- 264 Power washer 262
- 264 Power washer 262
- 264 Tar stains 262
- 264 Paintwork, Painted Body Components 262
- 264 Engine cleaning 263
- 264 Vehicle washing 263
- 264 Ornamental moldings 263
- 264 Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses 263
- 264 Window cleaning 264
- 264 Light alloy wheels 264
- 264 Instrument cluster 264
- 264 Steering wheel and gear selector lever 264
- 264 Cup holder 264
- 264 Seat belts 265
- 264 Headliner, shelf behind roll bars, and other hard plastic trim items 265
- 264 Soft top 265
- 264 Headliner 266
- 264 Wind screen 266
- 264 Automatic antenna 266
- 264 Wiper blade 266
- 264 Headlamp cleaning system 266
- 264 Leather upholstery 267
- 264 Plastic and rubber parts 267
- 264 Illuminated door sill panels 267
- 265 Vehicle care
- 265 Vehicle care
- 265 Vehicle care
- 265 Vehicle care
- 265 Cleaning and care of the vehicle
- 265 <TABLE>
- 265 <TABLE BODY>
- 265 <TABLE ROW>
- 265 Warning!
- 265 Warning!
- 265 Many cleaning products can be hazardous. Some are poisonous, others are flammable. Always follow ...
- 265 <TABLE ROW>
- 265 Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your car.
- 265 Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your car.
- 265 In operation, your vehicle is subjected to varying external influences which, if gone unchecked, ...
- 265 Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions, but also by air pollut...
- 265 More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions; for example, near the o...
- 265 You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage. Any damage sh...
- 265 In doing so, do not neglect the underside of the vehicle. A prerequisite for a thorough check is ...
- 265 Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax- base rustproofing in the body cavities w...
- 265 We have selected car-care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to ou...
- 266 Scratches, corrosive deposits, corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot alwa...
- 266 The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important
- 266 Additional information can be found in the booklet titled
- 266 Power washer
- 266 Power washer
- 266 Power washer
- 266 When using a power washer for cleaning the vehicle always observe manufacturers’ operating instru...
- 266 Caution!
- 266 Caution!
- 266 Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires. The intense jet of water can result in damage to th...
- 266 Always replace a damaged tire.
- 266 Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface. Do not aim directly at soft top, electric...
- 266 Tar stains
- 266 Tar stains
- 266 Tar stains
- 266 Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove. A tar remover is r...
- 266 Paintwork, Painted Body Components
- 266 Paintwork, Painted Body Components
- 266 Paintwork, Painted Body Components
- 266 Mercedes-Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface to not
- 266 Mercedes-Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if paint surface shows signs of dirt embed...
- 266 Do not apply any of these products or wax if your car is parked in the sun or if the hood is stil...
- 266 Use the appropriate MB-Touch-Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage (i....
- 267 Engine cleaning
- 267 Engine cleaning
- 267 Engine cleaning
- 267 Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and connector...
- 267 Corrosion protection, such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment af...
- 267 Vehicle washing
- 267 Vehicle washing
- 267 Vehicle washing
- 267 Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight. Use only a mild car wash detergent,...
- 267 Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water. Direct only a very weak spray towards ...
- 267 Rinse with clear water and thoroughly wipe dry with a chamois. Do not allow cleaning agents to dr...
- 267 If the vehicle has been run through an automatic car wash – in particular one of the older instal...
- 267 In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible.
- 267 When washing the underbody, do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels.
- 267 Ornamental moldings
- 267 Ornamental moldings
- 267 Ornamental moldings
- 267 For regular cleaning and care of very dirty chrome- plated parts, use a chrome cleaner.
- 267 Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses
- 267 Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses
- 267 Headlamps, taillamps, turn signal lenses
- 267 Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo, with plenty of water.
- 267 To prevent scratches, never apply strong force and use only a soft, non-scratchy cloth when clean...
- 268 Window cleaning
- 268 Window cleaning
- 268 Window cleaning
- 268 Use a window cleaning solution on all glass surfaces. An automotive glass cleaner is recommended.
- 268 Note:
- 268 Note:
- 268 For safety reasons, switch off wiper and remove key from steering lock before cleaning the windsh...
- 268 Light alloy wheels
- 268 Light alloy wheels
- 268 Light alloy wheels
- 268 Mercedes-Benz approved Wheel Care should be used for regular cleaning of the light alloy wheels.
- 268 If possible, clean wheels once a week with MercedesBenz approved Wheel Care, using a soft bristl...
- 268 Follow instructions on container.
- 268 Note:
- 268 Note:
- 268 Use only acid-free cleaning materials. The acid could lead to corrosion.
- 268 Instrument cluster
- 268 Instrument cluster
- 268 Instrument cluster
- 268 Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution. ...
- 268 Steering wheel and gear selector lever
- 268 Steering wheel and gear selector lever
- 268 Steering wheel and gear selector lever
- 268 Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes-Benz approved Leather Care.
- 268 Cup holder
- 268 Cup holder
- 268 Cup holder
- 268 Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution. ...
- 268 Note:
- 268 Note:
- 268 For ease of cleaning, the cup holder between the front seats can be removed by pulling it up when...
- 269 Seat belts
- 269 Seat belts
- 269 Seat belts
- 269 The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents. Use only clear, lukewarm water and...
- 269 <TABLE>
- 269 <TABLE BODY>
- 269 <TABLE ROW>
- 269 Warning!
- 269 Warning!
- 269 Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them. In a crash they may not be able...
- 269 Headliner, shelf behind roll bars, and other hard plastic trim items
- 269 Headliner, shelf behind roll bars, and other hard plastic trim items
- 269 Headliner, shelf behind roll bars, and other hard plastic trim items
- 269 Pour Mercedes-Benz approved Interior Care onto soft lint-free cloth and apply with light pressure.
- 269 Soft top
- 269 Soft top
- 269 Soft top
- 269 Clean soft top with soft top raised and locked. Lower the soft top into the storage compartment o...
- 269 Dry cleaning:
- 269 Brush top (always from front to rear) with a soft-bristled brush.
- 269 Wet cleaning:
- 269 Brush the dry top. Wash with a mild detergent and an ample supply of lukewarm water by wiping wit...
- 269 If only parts of the top have been washed, wet the entire top and allow it to air-dry before lowe...
- 269 Wipe the rear window with a cloth soaked with a mild, non-abrasive detergent, rinse and rub dry.
- 269 Do not use sharp-edged instruments for the removal of ice and snow.
- 269 Notes:
- 269 Notes:
- 269 Never run the vehicle through an automatic car wash with the soft top in place or use a power was...
- 269 Remove bird droppings immediately. The organic acid damages the material and causes the soft top ...
- 270 In general, regular spraying or cleansing with clear water is sufficient to keep the top clean.
- 270 Wash the top only when heavily soiled.
- 270 Light colored soft tops should be cleaned frequently to prevent spots and dirt from setting in, w...
- 270 Caution!
- 270 Caution!
- 270 Never use any gasoline, thinner, tar and stain removers, glass cleaner, or similar organic solven...
- 270 Headliner
- 270 Headliner
- 270 Headliner
- 270 Soft top:
- 270 Clean with soft bristle brush, or use a dry-shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt.
- 270 Wind screen
- 270 Wind screen
- 270 Wind screen
- 270 Use only water or mild detergent to clean the wind screen.
- 270 Automatic antenna
- 270 Automatic antenna
- 270 Automatic antenna
- 270 For trouble-free operation of the automatic antenna, we recommend that you clean the antenna mast...
- 270 Wiper blade
- 270 Wiper blade
- 270 Wiper blade
- 270 Clean the wiper blade rubber with a clean cloth and detergent solution.
- 270 Note:
- 270 Note:
- 270 For safety reasons, remove key from steering lock before cleaning the wiper blade, otherwise the ...
- 270 Headlamp cleaning system
- 270 Headlamp cleaning system
- 270 Headlamp cleaning system
- 270 The condition of the wiper blades is important for satisfactory cleaning of the headlamp lenses. ...
- 271 Leather upholstery
- 271 Leather upholstery
- 271 Leather upholstery
- 271 Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring (e....
- 271 Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes-Benz approved...
- 271 Plastic and rubber parts
- 271 Plastic and rubber parts
- 271 Plastic and rubber parts
- 271 Do not use oil or wax on these parts.
- 271 Illuminated door sill panels
- 271 Illuminated door sill panels
- 271 Illuminated door sill panels
- 271 Use a gentle dish-washing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution....
- 272 Contents – Technical data
- 272 Contents – Technical data
- 272 Contents – Technical data
- 272 Spare parts service 269
- 272 Warranty coverage 269
- 272 Identification labels 270
- 272 Layout of poly-V-belt drive 271
- 272 Engine 272
- 272 Rims - Tires 273
- 272 Weights 275
- 272 Main Dimensions 275
- 272 Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities 276
- 272 Engine oils 278
- 272 Engine oil additives 278
- 272 Air conditioner refrigerant 278
- 272 Brake fluid 278
- 272 Premium unleaded gasoline 279
- 272 Fuel requirements 279
- 272 Gasoline additives 280
- 272 Coolants 280
- 272 Consumer information 282
- 273 Technical data
- 273 Technical data
- 273 Technical data
- 273 Technical data
- 273 Spare parts service
- 273 All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers maintain a stock of original spare parts required for mainte...
- 273 More than 300000 different spare parts, for MercedesBenz models, are available.
- 273 Mercedes-Benz original spare parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections. Each part has ...
- 273 Therefore, Mercedes-Benz original spare parts should be installed.
- 273 Important!
- 273 Important!
- 273 The use of non-genuine parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes-Benz could damage the veh...
- 273 Warranty coverage
- 273 Warranty coverage
- 273 Warranty coverage
- 273 Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the
- 273 1. New vehicle limited warranty
- 273 1. New vehicle limited warranty
- 273 2. Emission systems warranty
- 273 3. Emission performance warranty
- 273 4. California, Massachusetts, and Vermont emission control systems warranty
- 273 Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes-Benz Spare Parts and Accessories wa...
- 273 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet
- 273 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet
- 273 Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet, have your authorized Mercedes-Benz...
- 274 Identification labels
- 274 Identification labels
- 274 Identification labels
- 274 <GRAPHIC>
- 274 1 Certification label (left door pillar)
- 274 1 Certification label (left door pillar)
- 274 Note:
- 274 Note:
- 274 When ordering spare parts, please specify vehicle identification and engine numbers.
- 274 P62.25-2062-26
- 274 P62.25-2062-26
- 274 P62.25-2062-26
- 274 <GRAPHIC>
- 274 2 VIN, visible (lower edge of windshield)
- 274 2 VIN, visible (lower edge of windshield)
- 274 3 Vehicle Identification No. (VIN)
- 274 4 Engine number
- 274 5 Body number and paintwork number
- 274 6 Emission control label
- 274 7 Information label California version Vacuum line routing for emission control system
- 275 Layout of poly-V-belt drive
- 275 Layout of poly-V-belt drive
- 275 Layout of poly-V-belt drive
- 275 <GRAPHIC>
- 275 SL 500
- 275 SL 500
- 275 1 Automatic belt tensioner
- 275 1 Automatic belt tensioner
- 275 2 Crankshaft
- 275 3 Air conditioner compressor
- 275 4 SL 500: Coolant pump SL 600: Fan
- 275 P13.22-2004-26
- 275 P13.22-2004-26
- 275 P13.22-2004-26
- 275 <GRAPHIC>
- 275 SL 600
- 275 SL 600
- 275 5 Generator (alternator)
- 275 5 Generator (alternator)
- 275 6 Idler pulley
- 275 7 Power steering pump
- 275 8 Air pump
- 275 9 Coolant pump
- 275 For dimensions of the poly-V-belts, see page
- 276 Engine
- 276 Engine
- 276 Engine
- 276 <TABLE>
- 276 <TABLE HEADING>
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Model
- 276 Model
- 276 SL 500 (129.068)1
- 276 SL 500
- 276 SL 600 (129.076)1
- 276 SL 600
- 276 <TABLE BODY>
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Engine
- 276 Engine
- 276 113
- 276 120
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Mode of operation
- 276 4-stroke engine, gasoline injection
- 276 4-stroke engine, gasoline injection
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 No. of cylinders
- 276 8
- 276 12
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Bore
- 276 3.82 in (97.00 mm)
- 276 3.50 in (89.00 mm)
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Stroke
- 276 3.30 in (84.00 mm)
- 276 3.16 in (80.20 mm)
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Total piston displacement
- 276 303 cu.in. (4966 cm3)
- 276 365.4 cu.in. (5987 cm3)
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Compression ratio
- 276 8.8:1
- 276 10:1
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Output acc. to SAE J 1349
- 276 302 hp/5600 rpm (225 kW/5600 rpm)
- 276 389 hp/5200 rpm (290 kW/5200 rpm)
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Maximum torque acc. to SAE J 1349
- 276 339ft.lb/2750 rpm (460 Nm/2750 rpm)
- 276 420ft.lb/3800 rpm (570 Nm/3800 rpm)
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Maximum engine speed
- 276 6000 rpm
- 276 6000 rpm
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Firing order
- 276 1-5-4-2-6-3-7-8
- 276 1-12-5-8-3-10-6-7-2-11-4-9
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 Poly-V-belts length
- 276 2390 mm
- 276 2585 mm
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 <TABLE ROW>
- 276 1 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle. See an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for ...
- 276 1 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle. See an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for ...
- 277 Rims - Tires
- 277 Rims - Tires
- 277 Rims - Tires
- 277 <TABLE>
- 277 <TABLE BODY>
- 277 <TABLE ROW>
- 277 Rims and summer tires (except Sport Package)
- 277 Rims and summer tires (except Sport Package)
- 277 Rims and summer tires (except Sport Package)
- 277 <TABLE ROW>
- 277 <TABLE ROW>
- 277 Rims (light alloy) Wheel offset:
- 277 81/4 J x 17 H 2 1.33 in (34 mm)
- 277 <TABLE ROW>
- 277 All season tires: Radial-ply tires
- 277 245/45 R17 95 W
- 277 <TABLE ROW>
- 277 Winter tires: Radial-ply tires
- 277 245/45 R 17 45 H M+S2
- 277 <TABLE ROW>
- 277 2 Must only be used with special MB authorized snow chains.
- 277 <TABLE>
- 277 <TABLE BODY>
- 277 <TABLE ROW>
- 277 Spare wheel
- 277 Spare wheel
- 277 <TABLE ROW>
- 277 Rim (light alloy) Wheel offset:
- 277 81/4 J x 17 H 2 1.33 in (34 mm)
- 277 <TABLE ROW>
- 277 All season tires: Radial-ply tires
- 277 245/45 R 17 95 W2
- 278 <TABLE>
- 278 <TABLE BODY>
- 278 <TABLE ROW>
- 278 Rims and summer tires (Sport package)
- 278 Rims and summer tires (Sport package)
- 278 Rims and summer tires (Sport package)
- 278 <TABLE ROW>
- 278 Model
- 278 Model
- 278 SL500
- 278 SL500
- 278 SL600
- 278 SL600
- 278 <TABLE ROW>
- 278 Rims front axle AMG light alloy rims Wheel offset:
- 278 81/2 J x 18 H 2 1.0 in (25 mm)
- 278 81/2 J x 18 H 2 1.0 in (25 mm)
- 278 <TABLE ROW>
- 278 Rims rear axle AMG light alloy rims Wheel offset:
- 278 91/2 J x 18 H 2 0.9 in (23 mm)
- 278 10 J x 18 H 2 1.0 in (25 mm)
- 278 <TABLE ROW>
- 278 Radial-ply tires front axle rear axle
- 278 245/40 ZR 18 275/35 ZR 183
- 278 245/40 ZR 18 275/35 ZR 183
- 278 <TABLE ROW>
- 278 <TABLE ROW>
- 278 Spare wheel
- 278 Spare wheel
- 278 <TABLE ROW>
- 278 Rim (light alloy) Wheel offset:
- 278 81/4 J x 17 H 2 1.33 in (34 mm)
- 278 81/4 J x 17 H 2 1.33 in (34 mm)
- 278 <TABLE ROW>
- 278 All season tire: Radial-ply tire
- 278 245/45 R 17 95W2
- 278 245/45 R 17 95W2
- 278 2 Must only be used with special MB authorized snow chains.
- 278 3 Must not be used with snow chains.
- 279 Technical data:Electrical system
- 279 Technical data:Electrical system
- 279 Technical data:Electrical system
- 279 <TABLE>
- 279 <TABLE BODY>
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Generator (alternator)
- 279 14 V/150 A
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Battery
- 279 12V/100 Ah
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Starter motor SL500: SL600:
- 279 12V/1.7 kW 12V/2.2 kW
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Spark plugs SL 500: SL 600: Electrode gap Tightening torque
- 279 Bosch F 8 DPER Beru 14 FGH 8 DPUR X 2 Beru 14 FGH 8 DPUR X 2 0.039 in (1.0 mm) 15 – 22 ft.lb (20 ...
- 279 Weights
- 279 Weights
- 279 <TABLE>
- 279 <TABLE BODY>
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Hardtop load max.
- 279 66 lb (30 kg)
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Trunk load max.
- 279 220 lb (100 kg)
- 279 Main Dimensions
- 279 Main Dimensions
- 279 Main Dimensions
- 279 <TABLE>
- 279 <TABLE BODY>
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Overall vehicle length
- 279 177.1 in (4499 mm)
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Overall vehicle width
- 279 71.3 in (1812 mm)
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Overall height
- 279 51.3 in (1303 mm)
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Wheel base
- 279 99.0 in (2515 mm)
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Track, front
- 279 60.4 in (1535 mm)
- 279 <TABLE ROW>
- 279 Track, rear
- 279 60.0 in (1523 mm)
- 280 Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
- 280 Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
- 280 Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities
- 280 Brake fluid:Capacity
- 280 Brake fluid:Capacity
- 280 <TABLE>
- 280 <TABLE BODY>
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match. Therefore use only brands tested a...
- 280 <TABLE>
- 280 <TABLE HEADING>
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 Model
- 280 Model
- 280 Capacity
- 280 Capacity
- 280 Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc.
- 280 Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc.
- 280 <TABLE BODY>
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 Engine with oil filter
- 280 SL 500 SL 600
- 280 8.5 US qt (8.0 l) 10.6 US qt (10.0 l)
- 280 Recommended engine oils
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 Automatic transmission
- 280 9.6 US qt (9.1 l)
- 280 Automatic transmission fluid
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 Rear axle
- 280 1.5 US qt (1.4 l)
- 280 Hypoid gear oil SAE 90, 85 W 90
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 Hydraulic system for adaptive damping system (ADS)
- 280 approx. 4.8 US qt (4.5 l)
- 280 MB Hydraulic fluid
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 Power steering
- 280 approx. 1.1 US qt (1.0 l)
- 280 MB Power steering fluid
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 Front wheel hubs
- 280 approx. 2.1 oz (60 g) each
- 280 High temperature roller bearing grease
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 Accelerator control linkage
- 280 Hydraulic fluid
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 Brake system
- 280 approx. 0.5 US qt (0.5 l)
- 280 MB Brake fluid (DOT 4)
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 280 <TABLE ROW>
- 281 <TABLE ROW>
- 281 Windshield washer and/headlamp cleaning system
- 281 Vehicles without ADS: approx. 5.3 US qt (5.0 l) Vehicles with ADS: approx. 3.2 US qt (3.0 l)
- 281 MB Windshield washer concentrate “S” 1
- 281 <TABLE ROW>
- 281 Cooling system
- 281 SL 500 SL 600
- 281 approx. 13.2 US qt (12.5 l) approx. 21.1 US qt (20.0 l)
- 281 MB Anticorrosion/antifreeze
- 281 <TABLE ROW>
- 281 Fuel tank including a reserve of
- 281 approx. 21.1 US gal (80.0 l) approx. 2.6 US gal (10.0 l)
- 281 Premium unleaded gasoline: Posted octane 91 (Avg. of 96 RON/86 MON)
- 281 <TABLE ROW>
- 281 Air conditioner system
- 281 R-134a refrigerant and special PAC lubricant (Never R-12)
- 281 <TABLE ROW>
- 281 <TABLE ROW>
- 281 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate “S” and water for temperatures above freezing or MB Windsh...
- 281 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate “S” and water for temperatures above freezing or MB Windsh...
- 282 Engine oils
- 282 Engine oils
- 282 Engine oils
- 282 Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines. Therefore, use only eng...
- 282 Please follow Service Booklet recommendations for scheduled oil changes. Failure to do so could r...
- 282 Engine oil additives
- 282 Engine oil additives
- 282 Engine oil additives
- 282 Do not blend oil additives with engine oil. They may be harmful to the engine operation.
- 282 Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes-Benz...
- 282 Air conditioner refrigerant
- 282 Air conditioner refrigerant
- 282 Air conditioner refrigerant
- 282 R-134a (HFC) refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil is used in the air conditioner system.
- 282 Never use R-12 (CFC) or mineral-based lubricating oil, otherwise damage to the system will occur.
- 282 Brake fluid
- 282 Brake fluid
- 282 Brake fluid
- 282 During vehicle operation, the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through th...
- 282 The brake fluid must therefore be replaced every two years, preferably in the spring.
- 282 It is recommended to use only brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benz. Your authorized Mercedes-Ben...
- 283 Premium unleaded gasoline
- 283 Premium unleaded gasoline
- 283 Premium unleaded gasoline
- 283 Caution!
- 283 Caution!
- 283 To maintain the engine‘s durability and performance, premium unleaded gasoline must be used. If p...
- 283 • have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular and fill up with premium unleade...
- 283 • have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular and fill up with premium unleade...
- 283 • avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration,
- 283 • do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm, if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as t...
- 283 • do not exceed
- 283 Fuel requirements
- 283 Fuel requirements
- 283 Fuel requirements
- 283 Use only Premium unleaded meeting ASTM standardD439:
- 283 The octane number (posted at the pump) must be 91min. It is an average of both the Research (R) ...
- 283 Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as Ethanol, IPA, IBA and TBA can be used provided th...
- 283 The ratio of Methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3% plus additional cosolvents.
- 283 Using mixtures of Ethanol and Methanol is not allowed. Gasohol, which contains 10% Ethanol and 90...
- 283 These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock, boilin...
- 284 Gasoline additives
- 284 Gasoline additives
- 284 Gasoline additives
- 284 A major concern among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by gasoline. Mercedes-Benz r...
- 284 After an extended period of using fuels without such additives, carbon deposits can build up espe...
- 284 • warm-up hesitation,
- 284 • warm-up hesitation,
- 284 • unstable idle,
- 284 • knocking/pinging,
- 284 • misfire,
- 284 • power loss.
- 284 Do not blend other specific fuel additives with fuel. They only result in unnecessary cost, and m...
- 284 Damage or malfunctions resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending specific fuel additives ...
- 284 Coolants
- 284 Coolants
- 284 Coolants
- 284 The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion/antifreeze, which provides:
- 284 • corrosion protection,
- 284 • corrosion protection,
- 284 • freeze protection,
- 284 • boiling protection (by increasing the boiling point).
- 284 The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approx...
- 284 If the antifreeze mixture is effective to -22
- 284 The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and in...
- 284 To provide the important corrosion protection, the solution must be at least 45% anticorrosion/an...
- 285 If the coolant level is low, water and MB anticorrosion/ antifreeze should be used to bring it up...
- 285 The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements, which are usually satisfied by no...
- 285 Anticorrosion/antifreeze
- 285 Your vehicle contains a number of aluminum parts. The use of aluminum components in motor vehicle...
- 285 Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your car: Mercedes-Benz Antico...
- 285 Before the start of the winter season (or once a year in the hot southern regions), you should ha...
- 285 Anticorrosion/antifreeze quantity
- 286 Consumer information
- 286 Consumer information
- 286 Consumer information
- 286 This has been prepared as required of all manufactures of passenger cars under Title 49, Code of ...
- 286 Uniform tire quality grading
- 286 Uniform tire quality grading
- 286 Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi...
- 286 <TABLE>
- 286 <TABLE>
- 286 <TABLE BODY>
- 286 <TABLE ROW>
- 286 Tread wear 200
- 286 Traction AA
- 286 Temperature A
- 286 All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades.
- 286 Treadwear
- 286 The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under ...
- 286 Traction
- 286 The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’...
- 286 <TABLE>
- 286 <TABLE BODY>
- 286 <TABLE ROW>
- 286 Warning!
- 286 Warning!
- 286 The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and do...
- 287 Temperature
- 287 The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire‘s resistance to the g...
- 287 <TABLE>
- 287 <TABLE BODY>
- 287 <TABLE ROW>
- 287 <TABLE ROW>
- 287 Warning!
- 287 Warning!
- 287 The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not o...
- 289 Index
- 289 Index
- 289 A
- 289 ABS (Antilock brake system) 190
- 289 Malfunction indicator lamp 208
- 289 Malfunction indicator lamp 208
- 289 Adjusting steering column
- 289 Storing steering column position in memory 70
- 289 Storing steering column position in memory 70
- 289 ADS indicator lamp 212
- 289 ADS warning lamp 212
- 289 Air conditioner refrigerant 278
- 289 Airbags 60
- 289 Airbag OFF indicator lamp 213
- 289 Airbag OFF indicator lamp 213
- 289 SRS indicator lamp 206
- 289 Antenna 151
- 289 Antilock brake system (ABS) 190
- 289 Antitheft alarm system 42
- 289 Aquaplaning 180
- 289 Armrest 127
- 289 Ashtrays 130, 131
- 289 Audio system
- 289 Anti-theft system 100
- 289 Anti-theft system 100
- 289 Button and soft key operation 101
- 289 Cassette mode 106
- 289 CD changer 110
- 289 CD mode 109
- 289 Operating and display elements 99
- 289 Operating safety 98
- 289 Operation 98, 102
- 289 Radio mode 104
- 289 Telephone operation 113
- 289 Automatic climate control 90
- 289 Air distribution 95
- 289 Air distribution 95
- 289 Air recirculation 96
- 289 Air volume 95
- 289 Basic setting - automatic mode 93
- 289 Defogging windows 94
- 289 Defrosting 94
- 289 Display and controls 92
- 289 Dust filter 97
- 289 Rear window defroster 95
- 289 Residual engine heat utilization 96
- 289 Automatic transmission 168
- 289 Emergency operation 174
- 289 Emergency operation 174
- 289 Fluid level 221
- 289 Maneuvering 172
- 289 Program mode selector switch 173
- 289 Selector lever positions 169
- 290 B
- 290 BabySmart
- 290 Self-test 59
- 290 Self-test 59
- 290 Backrest 48
- 290 BAS (Brake assist system) 188
- 290 Malfunction indicator lamp 207
- 290 Malfunction indicator lamp 207
- 290 Battery 236
- 290 Charge indicator lamp 211
- 290 Charge indicator lamp 211
- 290 Recycling 237
- 290 Brake assist system (BAS) 188
- 290 Brake fluid 278
- 290 Capacity 276
- 290 Capacity 276
- 290 Brake pad wear indicator lamp 205
- 290 Brake warning lamp 204
- 290 C
- 290 Catalytic converter 163
- 290 Central locking system 30
- 290 Automatic central locking 38
- 290 Automatic central locking 38
- 290 Central locking switch 37
- 290 General notes 34
- 290 Locking and unlocking with remote control 31
- 290 Remote control 28, 30
- 290 Remote control – changing batteries 251
- 290 Vehicle keys 28
- 290 Changing wheels 230
- 290 Charge indicator lamp 211
- 290 Check engine malfunction indicator lamp 204
- 290 Check regularly and before a long trip 202
- 290 Checking engine oil level 221
- 290 Checking engine oil level indicator 82
- 290 Cleaning and care of the vehicle 261
- 290 Clock 79
- 290 Combination switch 86
- 290 Console storage compartments 127
- 290 Consumer information 282
- 290 Control and operation of radio transmitters 153
- 290 Coolant
- 290 Adding coolant 224
- 290 Adding coolant 224
- 290 Anticorrosion/antifreeze quantity 281
- 290 Checking level 223
- 290 Coolants 280
- 290 Low engine coolant level warning lamp 209
- 290 Temperature gauge 78
- 290 Cruise control 185
- 290 Cup holder 128, 264
- 291 D
- 291 Display illumination 77
- 291 Door control panel 20
- 291 Door pockets 129
- 291 Doors 35
- 291 Drinking and Driving 176
- 291 Drive sensibly - Save Fuel 176
- 291 Driving instructions 176
- 291 Block heater 183
- 291 Block heater 183
- 291 Brakes 177
- 291 Deep water 184
- 291 Pedals 176
- 291 Traveling abroad 184
- 291 Winter driving 182
- 291 Driving off 178
- 291 E
- 291 Economy 93
- 291 Electronic stability program (ESP) 192
- 291 Emergency tensioning retractor (ETR) 60
- 291 Emergency unlocking in case of accident 38
- 291 Emission control 164
- 291 Engine compartment 219
- 291 Engine oil
- 291 Additives 278
- 291 Additives 278
- 291 Capacities 276
- 291 Checking level 221
- 291 Consumption 83
- 291 Engine oils 278
- 291 Low level warning lamp 210
- 291 Engine oil level indicator 82
- 291 Engine oil temperature gauge 83
- 291 Entrance lamps in footwells, exit lamps in doors 120
- 291 ESP (Electronic Stability Program) 192
- 291 Control Switch 194
- 291 Control Switch 194
- 291 Malfunction indicator lamp 207
- 291 Synchronizing 193
- 291 Warning lamp 207
- 291 ETR (Emergency tensioning retractor) 60
- 291 SRS indicator lamp 206
- 291 SRS indicator lamp 206
- 291 Exterior lamp switch 84
- 291 Exterior lamps 242
- 291 Adjusting headlamp aim 247
- 291 Adjusting headlamp aim 247
- 291 Bulb for high and low beam 244
- 291 Failure indicator lamp 211
- 291 Headlamp assembly (Halogen) 243
- 291 Headlamp assembly (Xenon) 245
- 291 License plate lamps 250
- 291 Replacing bulbs 242
- 292 Taillamp assemblies 249
- 292 Turn signal, parking, side marker and standing lamp 244
- 292 F
- 292 First aid kit 215
- 292 Flexible service system (FSS) 80
- 292 FSS indicator lamp 77
- 292 FSS indicator lamp 77
- 292 Fuel consumption gauge 83
- 292 Fuel filler flap, manual release 259
- 292 Fuel requirements 279
- 292 Fuel reserve and fuel cap placement warning 207
- 292 Fuel supply 200
- 292 Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. - capacities 276
- 292 Fuses 218
- 292 G
- 292 Garage door opener 133
- 292 Gasoline
- 292 Additives 280
- 292 Additives 280
- 292 Fuel requirements 279
- 292 Premium unleaded 279
- 292 H
- 292 Hardtop
- 292 Attaching hardtop 140
- 292 Attaching hardtop 140
- 292 Removing 137
- 292 Hardtop or panorama roof 137
- 292 Hazard warning flasher switch 89
- 292 Head restraints 44
- 292 Headlamp assembly (Halogen) 243
- 292 Headlamp cleaning system 87
- 292 High beam indicator lamp 213
- 292 Hood 219
- 292 I
- 292 Identification labels 270
- 292 Illuminated vanity mirror 123
- 292 Indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 76, 204
- 292 Infant and Child Restraint Systems
- 292 SRS indicator lamp 206
- 292 SRS indicator lamp 206
- 292 Infant and child restraint systems 67
- 292 Instrument cluster 74
- 292 Display illumination 77
- 292 Display illumination 77
- 292 Indicator lamps 76
- 292 Instrument lamps 77
- 293 Malfunction and indicator lamps 204
- 293 Instruments and controls 18
- 293 Interior
- 293 General notes 124
- 293 General notes 124
- 293 Interior central locking system 125
- 293 Integration with vehicle central locking system 126
- 293 Integration with vehicle central locking system 126
- 293 Separate locking of storage compartments 126
- 293 Interior lamps 120
- 293 Interior lighting 120
- 293 J
- 293 Jump starting 238
- 293 K
- 293 Keys 28
- 293 Flat key 29
- 293 Flat key 29
- 293 Master key 28
- 293 Valet key 29
- 293 L
- 293 Layout of poly-V-belt drive 271
- 293 Leather upholstery 267
- 293 Level control system 196
- 293 Lighter 131
- 293 Locking the vehicle 31
- 293 M
- 293 Maintenance 154
- 293 Malfunction lamps in the instrument cluster 204
- 293 Multicontour seats 49
- 293 N
- 293 Night security illumination 85
- 293 O
- 293 Odometer display field 82
- 293 On-board diagnostic system 204
- 293 Opening the trunk 32
- 293 Outside temperature indicator 78
- 294 P
- 294 Panic button 33
- 294 Parcel net in passenger footwell 128
- 294 Parking 178
- 294 Parking brake 175
- 294 Brake warning lamp 204
- 294 Brake warning lamp 204
- 294 Passenger airbag indicator lamp 213
- 294 Power assistance 177
- 294 Power sunshade 122
- 294 Power windows 116
- 294 Express opening 117
- 294 Express opening 117
- 294 Opening with key 41
- 294 Problems with your vehicle 14
- 294 Product information 7
- 294 R
- 294 Radio, telephone and two-way radio 153
- 294 Rain sensor 87
- 294 Raising soft top manually 253
- 294 Reading lamps 120
- 294 Rear storage compartment 129
- 294 Rear view mirrors 71
- 294 Exterior 72
- 294 Exterior 72
- 294 Inside 71
- 294 Remote control 28
- 294 Changing batteries 251
- 294 Changing batteries 251
- 294 Synchronizing 252
- 294 Replacement keys
- 294 Obtaining 29
- 294 Obtaining 29
- 294 Replacing wiper blade insert 257
- 294 Roll bar 118
- 294 Roll bar warning lamp 212
- 294 S
- 294 Safety guidelines for the seat belt, emergency tensioning retractor and airbag 66
- 294 Seat belt nonusage warning system 53
- 294 Seat belts 52
- 294 Fastening 54
- 294 Fastening 54
- 294 Unfastening 56
- 294 Warning lamp 206
- 294 Seat belts and integrated restraint system 52
- 294 Seats 44
- 294 Seat heater 50
- 294 Seat heater 50
- 294 Snow chains 181
- 294 Soft top 143
- 294 Lowering 144
- 294 Lowering 144
- 295 Raising 145
- 295 Spare parts service 269
- 295 Spare wheel 228
- 295 SRS (Supplemental restraint system) 59
- 295 Indicator lamp 206
- 295 Indicator lamp 206
- 295 Start lock-out 34
- 295 Malfunction lamp 77
- 295 Malfunction lamp 77
- 295 Starting and turning off the engine 167
- 295 Steering column
- 295 Adjusting 70
- 295 Adjusting 70
- 295 Steering lock 165
- 295 Storage compartment (eyeglasses compartment) in the dashboard 124
- 295 Stowing things in the vehicle 215
- 295 Sun visors 123
- 295 Sunshade, electrical 122
- 295 Sunshade, manual 121
- 295 Supplemental restraint system (SRS) 59
- 295 Synchronizing power windows 117
- 295 T
- 295 Tachometer 79
- 295 Taillamp assemblies 249
- 295 Technical 272
- 295 Technical data 272
- 295 Electrical system 275
- 295 Electrical system 275
- 295 Main dimensions 275
- 295 Rims – Tires 273
- 295 Weights 275
- 295 Tele Aid 155
- 295 Information 159
- 295 Information 159
- 295 Initiating an emergency call 157
- 295 Roadside Assistance 158
- 295 Telephone, general 132
- 295 Telephones and two-way radio 153
- 295 The first 1 000 miles (1 500 km) 154
- 295 Tires
- 295 Driving instructions 179
- 295 Driving instructions 179
- 295 Inflation pressure 234
- 295 Replacement 226
- 295 Speed rating 181
- 295 Traction 180
- 295 Tow-away alarm 43
- 295 Tow-away protection 43
- 295 Towing the vehicle 240
- 295 Trip odometer 79
- 295 Trunk 39
- 295 Trunk lamp 259
- 295 Trunk lid release switch 40
- 296 U
- 296 Unlocking the vehicle 31
- 296 V
- 296 Vehicle jack 217
- 296 Vehicle tools 216
- 296 W
- 296 Warranty coverage 269
- 296 What you should know at the gas station 200
- 296 Wheels 226
- 296 Changing 230
- 296 Changing 230
- 296 Rotating 227
- 296 Spare wheel 228
- 296 Tire replacement 226
- 296 Where to find it 13
- 296 Wind screen 148
- 296 Installation 148
- 296 Installation 148
- 296 Removal 150
- 296 Setting up 150
- 296 Windshield and headlamp washer system
- 296 Check level 202
- 296 Check level 202
- 296 Fluid mixing ratio 225
- 296 Low fluid level warning lamp 210
- 296 Windshield washer fluid mixing ratio 88
- 296 Wiper blade, replacing insert 257
- 297 Service and Literature
- 297 Service and Literature
- 297 Service and Literature
- 297 Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center has trained technicians and original Mercedes-Benz parts to ...
- 297 If your are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle, please contact your auth...
- 297 For further information you can find us on the MercedesBenz web-site
- 297 <TABLE>
- 297 <TABLE>
- 297 <TABLE BODY>
- 297 <TABLE ROW>
- 297 Warning!
- 297 Warning!
- 297 To help avoid personal injury, be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs. ...
- 297 If you have any question about carrying out some service, turn to the advice of an authorized Mer...
- 297 We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data and illu...
- 297 Titleillustrationno.P00.00-2645-26
- 297 Press time 03/31/00 MBUSA/TI Printed in the U.S.A.
Mercedes 240 1981 1983 Workshop Manual
Brand: Mercedes Size: 14 MB Pages: 331
Languages:
Open in a new tab